WO2006115301A1 - Organic electroluminescent device - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescent device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006115301A1
WO2006115301A1 PCT/JP2006/309142 JP2006309142W WO2006115301A1 WO 2006115301 A1 WO2006115301 A1 WO 2006115301A1 JP 2006309142 W JP2006309142 W JP 2006309142W WO 2006115301 A1 WO2006115301 A1 WO 2006115301A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
carbon number
ring
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/309142
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Takeshi Murakami
Kazunari Yagi
Seiji Ichijima
Tatsuya Igarashi
Tasuku Satou
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corporation filed Critical Fujifilm Corporation
Priority to US11/911,665 priority Critical patent/US8048538B2/en
Priority to EP06745992.5A priority patent/EP1874894B1/en
Publication of WO2006115301A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006115301A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • H05B33/14Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of the electroluminescent material, or by the simultaneous addition of the electroluminescent material in or onto the light source
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/346Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising platinum
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1022Heterocyclic compounds bridged by heteroatoms, e.g. N, P, Si or B
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1029Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1029Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
    • C09K2211/1033Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom with oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1029Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
    • C09K2211/1037Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom with sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1029Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
    • C09K2211/104Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom with other heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1044Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1044Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • C09K2211/1048Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms with oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1044Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • C09K2211/1051Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms with sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1059Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1074Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing more than three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1092Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing sulfur as the only heteroatom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1096Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing other heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/18Metal complexes
    • C09K2211/185Metal complexes of the platinum group, i.e. Os, Ir, Pt, Ru, Rh or Pd
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/321Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3]
    • H10K85/324Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3] comprising aluminium, e.g. Alq3
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/342Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • H10K85/633Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10S428/917Electroluminescent

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device which can emit light by converting electric energy into optical energy.
  • the organic EL device includes an organic layer (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic compound layer) having a light emitting layer and a pair of electrodes with the organic layer therebetween and uses light emitted from exciters generated by recombining electrons injected from a negative electrode and holes injected from a positive electrode with each other in the light emitting layer.
  • an organic layer hereinafter, also referred to as an organic compound layer
  • An object of 1he present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device which can emit a variety of color light with high durability or high light emitting efficiency.
  • the object is accomplished by the following means.
  • An organic electroluminescent device comprising: a pair of electrodes; and at least one organic layer between the pair of electrodes, wherein the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by Formula (1):
  • M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R 11 and R 12 may be independently bonded to M or R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure
  • L ⁇ represents a ligand, and L ⁇ may be bonded to at least one of R ⁇ and R 12 ;
  • C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to R 11 and R 12 to coordinate with M.
  • M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 may be independently bonded to M or R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
  • L 21 represents a ligand, and L 21 may be bonded to at least one of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 ;
  • C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to two nitrogen atoms to coordinate with
  • M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion
  • R 31 , R 32 and R 33 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R 31 , R 32 and R 33 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R 31 , R 32 and R 33 may coordinate with M through an atom of R 31 , R 32 and R 33 respectively;
  • R 34 represents a substituent group, provided that when R 34 is plural, a plurality of R 34 may equal to or different from each other, and a plurality of R 34 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R 34 may coordinate with M through an atom of R 34 ;
  • L 31 represents a ligand
  • C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to two nitrogen atoms to coordinate with M by means of two electrons of the carbene carbon.
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R 41 , R 42 and R 43 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R 41 , R 42 and R 43 may coordinate with M through an atom of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 respectively;
  • R 44 , R 45 and R 46 each independently represents a substituent group, provided that when R 44 , R 45 and R 45 are plural respectively, a plurality of R 44 , a plurality of R 45 and a plurality of R 46 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure respectively or R 44 , R 45 and R 45 may coordinate with M through an atom of R 44 , R 45 and R 46 respectively;
  • n 41 represents an integer of 0 to 2;
  • n 42 represents an integer of 1 to 3;
  • m 41 , m 42 and m 43 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R 52 and R 53 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R 52 and R 53 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
  • R 54 , R 55 - and R 56 each independently represents a substituent group, provided that when R 54 ,
  • R 55 and R 56 are plural respectively, a plurality of R 54 , a plurality of R 55 and a plurality of R 56 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure respectively;
  • Y 51 and Y 52 each independently represents a single bond or a connection group; n 51 represents 0 or 1; and m 51 , m 52 and m 53 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • an organic electroluminescent device having at least one organic layer between a pair of electrodes, it is possible to improve the durability of a device (reduction of the driving voltage and inhibition for the generation of dark spots along with the deterioration of a device when it is driven for a long time.) or the light emitting efficiency of a device by using a compound represented by any of formulae (1) to (5) which has a bond between a transition metal and a carbene carbon in the organic layer.
  • the present invention provides an organic electroluminescent device having at least one organic layer between a pair of electrodes.
  • the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by formulae (1) to (5) (having the same meaning as the compound according to the present invention in which a transition metal and a carbene carbon are bonded to each other.)
  • M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion.
  • R 11 and R 12 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group independently. Both or one of R 1 * and R 12 may coordinate with M through an atom(s) of both or one of R 11 and R 12 .
  • L 11 represents a ligand and X 11 represents a counter ion.
  • n 11 represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • n 12 represents an integer of 1 to 6
  • n 13 represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • C represents a carbene carbon. The carbene carbon is bonded to R 11 and R 12 (preferably in a covalent bond) and coordinates with M by means of two electrons of carbon.
  • the transition metal atom used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, indium, and platinum, more preferably one of palladium, rhenium, rhodium, iridium, and platinum, and most preferably one of palladium, rhodium, iridium, and platinum.
  • Examples of the substituent group representd by R 11 and R 12 can include an alkyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 2O 3 and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl), an alkenyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include vinyl, aryl, 2-butenyl, and 3-pentenyl), and an alkinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which
  • R 11 and R 12 can include an aryl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthranil), a substituted or non-substituted amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 2O 3 and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 10, and examples of which can include amino, methyl amino, dimethyl amino, diethyl amino, dibenzyl amino, diphenyl amino, and ditolyl amino), an alkoxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2-ethylhex
  • R 11 and R 12 can include an acyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include.de acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, and pivaloyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl), an acyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pheny
  • acyl amino group which ha.s preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetyl amino and benzoyl amino).
  • R 11 and R 12 can include an alkoxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl amino), an aryloxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl amino), a sulfonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3O 5 more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfonyl amino and benzene sulfonyl amino), and a sulfamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of
  • R ⁇ and R 12 can include a carbamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl), an alkylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 120, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples off which can include phenylthio), and a heterocyclic thio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably
  • R n and R 12 can include a sulfonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include mesyl and tosyl), a sulfinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfinyl and benzene sulfinyl), an ureido group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include ureido, methylureido, and phenylureido), an amide phosphate group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a a a carbon number of 1 to 30, more
  • R 11 and R 12 can include a cyano group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic acid group, a sulfino group, a hydrazino group, an imino group, a heterocyclic group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and which includes, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as the hetero atom, examples of which can include imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, piperidyl, morpholino, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, carbazolyl, and azepinyl), a silyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most
  • R 11 and R 12 may form a cyclic structure by bonding.
  • R 11 and R 12 may coordinate with M through an atom of R 11 and R 12 .
  • At least one of R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to L 11 to form a chelate ligand.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably one of an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hetero aryloxy group, and a substituted amino group and more preferably one of an alkoxy group and a substituted amino group.
  • L ⁇ represents a ligand.
  • the ligand can include ligands described in "Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds” published in 1987 by Springer- Verlag Co. and written by H. Yersin, and "Organic Metal Chemistry - Fundamentals and Applications” published in 1982 by Shokabou Co. and written by Yamamoto Akio.
  • the ligand is preferably one of a halogen ligand (examples of which can include a chlorine ligand and a fluorine ligand), a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (examples of which can include bipyridyl, phenanthroline, phenylpyridine, pyrazolylpyridine, benzimidazolylpyridine, phenylpyrazole, picohnate, and dipicolinate), a diketone ligand, a nitrile ligand, a CO ligand, an isonitrile ligand, a phosphorous ligand (examples of which can include phophine derivatives, phosphorous ester derivatives, and phosphinine derivatives), and a carbonic acid ligand (examples of which can include an acetic acid ligand), and more preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (examples of which can include bipyridyl,
  • a nitrogen-containing heterocycle in the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand is preferably one of a pyridine cycle, a pyrazine cycle, a pyrimidine cycle, a pyridazine cycle, a pyrrole cycle, a pyrazole cycle, an imidazole cycle, a triazole cycle, a thiazole cycle, an oxazole cycle, an oxadiazole cycle, a thiadiazole cycle, an azaphosphinine cycle and is more preferably one of a pyridine cycle, a pyrazole cycle, and an imidazole cycle.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand may have a substituent group.
  • substituent group can include the groups described in relation to R 11 , and an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group are preferable.
  • X 11 represents a counter ion.
  • the counter ion is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of an alkali metal ion, an alkali earth metal ion, a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a PF 6 ion, an ammonium ion (for example, a tetramethyl ammonium ion), a borate ion, and a phosphonium ion, and more preferably one of a perchlorate ion and a PF 6 ion.
  • n 11 represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 or 2.
  • n 11 When n 11 is plural, a plurality of L 11 may be equal to or different from each other, n 12 represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an. integer of 1 to 3.
  • n 12 When n 12 is plural, a plurality of carbene ligands represented by R 1 X -C-R 12 ma.y be equal to or different from each other, n 13 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • n 13 When n 13 is plural, a plurality of X 11 may be equal to or different from each other.
  • Formula (2) is described.
  • M, L 21 , X 21 , n 21 , n 22 , and n 23 are the same as M, L 11 , X 11 , n", n 12 , and n 13 of Formula (1) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R 21 , R 22 . R 23 , and R 24 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R 11 .
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 may form a. ring structure, respectively, by bonding.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 may coordinate with M through an atom of R 21 , R 22 ; R 23 , and R 24 , respectively.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 may be bonded to L 21 to form, a chelate ligand, respectively.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl amino group, an aryl amino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and most preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • a carbene ligand formed out of a carbene carbon, two nitrogen atoms, R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 has preferably a ring-shaped structure containing the carbene carbon and the two nitrogen atoms, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure, and most preferably a 5- membered ring structure represented by Formula (Z-I).
  • R 61 , R 62 , R 63 , and R 64 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • C represents a carbene carbon.
  • the carbene carbon is boned to two nitrogen atoms and has two electrons, which can coordinate with a transition metal, on the carbon.
  • R 61 , R 62 , R 63 , and R 64 are the same as M, R 22 , R 23 , L 21 , and X 21 of Formula (2) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R 34 represents a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R 11 .
  • a plurality of R 34 may equal to or different from each other.
  • the plurality of R 34 may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding or the atom on R 34 may coordinate with M.
  • R 34 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group, and most preferably one of a fluorine atom and a cyano group
  • n 31 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
  • n 32 represents an integer of 1 to 3 and preferably 1 or 2.
  • n 33 represents an integer of 0 to 2 and preferably 0 or 1.
  • m 31 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2. When m 31 is plural, a plurality of R 34 may be equal to or different from each other.
  • R 41 , R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , n 42 , and m 41 are the same as R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , n 32 , and m 31 of Formula (3) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same, respectively.
  • R 45 and R 45 represent a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R 11 .
  • m 42 is plural, a plurality of R 45 may be equal to or different from each other.
  • a plurality of R 45 may form a ring structure, respectively', by bonding or the atom on R 45 may coordinate with an iridium atom.
  • R 45 is preferably one of an aJkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy groujp, and a substituted amino group, and most preferably one of an alkoxy group and a substituted amino group, n 42 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • m 43 is plural, a plurality of R 46 may be equal to or different from each other.
  • R 46 may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding or the atom on R 45 may coordinate with an iridium atom.
  • RJ 46 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, atx aryl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group, and most preferably one of a fluorine atom and a cyano group
  • m 43 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • n 41 represents an. integer of 0 to 2 and preferably 1 or 2.
  • the ligand including a carbene carbon is preferably tridentate to hexadentate and more preferably tridentate or quadridentate.
  • R 52 and R 53 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent grou/p and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R 11 .
  • R 52 and R S3 may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding, are preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl amino group, an aryl amino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and most preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • a carbene ligand formed out of a carbene carbon, two nitrogen atoms, and R 52 and R 53 has preferably a ring-shaped structure containing the carbene carbon and the two nitrogen atoms, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure, and most preferably a 5-membered rirLg structure represented by Formula (Z-2).
  • R 92 , and R 93 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group and R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 represent a substituent group.
  • Y 91 and Y 92 represent a single bond or a connection group
  • n 91 represent 0 or 1
  • m 91 , m 92 , and m 93 represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • C represents a carbene carbon. The carbene carbon is boned to two nitrogen atoms and has two electrons, which can coordinate with a transition metal, on the carbon.
  • R 54 and R 56 represent a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R 11 .
  • a plurality of R 54 and R 56 may be equal to or different from each other and may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding.
  • R 54 and R 56 are preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, and a substituted amino group, and most preferably one of a fluorine atom and a substituted amino group, m 51 and m 532 represent an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • R 55 represents a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R 11 .
  • a plurality of R 55 may be equal to or different from each other, or may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding.
  • R 55 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and a substituted amino group, and most preferably one of an alkoxy group and a substituted amino group.
  • m S2 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • connection group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a connection group having one of a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom. Specific examples thereof are described below but the connection group is not limited.
  • connection groups may be substituted again and examples of the substituent group can include the substituent groups described with reference to R ⁇ in Formula (1).
  • the substituent group is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl amino group, an aryl amino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and most preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • Y 51 and Y 52 are preferably one of a single bond, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a silyl group, and more preferably one of a single bond, a dimethyl methylene group, and an ethylene group, n 51 represents O or 1 and preferably O.
  • R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , R 96 , Y 91 , Y 92 , m 91 , m 92 , m 93 , and n 91 are the same as R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 55 , R 56 , Y 51 , Y 52 , m 51 , m 52 , m 53 , and n 51 of Formula (5) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • the compounds represented by Formulas (1) to (5) may be low-molecular compounds.
  • the oligomer compounds and the polymer compounds (of which the weight-average molecular weight (in polystyrene equivalent)) are preferably in the range of 1,000 to 5,000,000, more preferably in the range of 2,000 to 1,000,000, and most preferably in the range of 3,000 to 100,000).
  • the structures represented by Formulas (1) to (5) may be included in the main chain of a polymer or in the side chain of the polymer.
  • the polymer compounds may be a homo-polymer compound or a copolymer.
  • the compounds according to the present invention is preferably is a low-molecular compound.
  • the compounds according to the present invention represented by Formulas (L) to (5) can be synthesized by the use of a variety of methods. For example, by mixing a ligand or the dissociated material with a transition metal compound at a room temperature or while .heating them, the compounds can be obtained. In case of heating, a method of over-heating the materials with micro waves is effective in addition a typical heating method. Solvent (such as halogen solvent, alcohol solvent, ether solvent, and water) or base (which may be inorganic base or organic base, examples of which can include sodium methoxy, potassium t-butoxy, triethyl amine, and potassium carbonate) may be used as needed.
  • Solvent such as halogen solvent, alcohol solvent, ether solvent, and water
  • base which may be inorganic base or organic base, examples of which can include sodium methoxy, potassium t-butoxy, triethyl amine, and potassium carbonate
  • the synthesis of Compound (1) can be performed by the use of the following method. That is, chlorine-bridged indium complex A-I can be synthesized by the use of the method described Document 1 (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 6647) or the like. Then, by nnaking a complex from complex A-I and imidazolium salt A-2 which is a precursor of a carbene ligand by the use of the reaction condition described in Document 2 (Inorg. Chem. 2004, 43, 6896) or "the like, Compound (1) can be synthesized.
  • Compound (113) which is a quadridentate platinum complex can be performed by the use of the following method. That is, imidazolium salt A-3 which is a precursor of a quadridentate carbene ligand can be synthesized by the use of the method described in Document 3 (Tetrahedron, 2004, 60, 5807). Then, by making a complex from imidazolium salt A- 3 and platinum salt by the use of the reaction condition described in Document 4 (Coordination Chemistry Reviews, 2004, 248, 2247) or the like, Compound (113) can be synthesized.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can be also synthesized by the use of the method described in Document (Angew. Chem. Lit. Ed. 2002, 41, 1290), Document 5 (".Metal Complex Chemistry,” published in 1990 by Hirokawa Shoten and coauthored by Ogino Hiroshi, Matsubayasi Genetsu, and Yamamoto Yosihisa), and the like.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can be used as any one of a hole injecting material, a hole transporting material, a light emitting material, an electron injecting material, an electron transporting material, a hole blocking material, an electron blocking material, an exciter blocking material and a hole injection promoting material.
  • the compounds can be used preferably as a hole injecting material, a hole transporting material, an electron blocking material, and a light emitting material, more preferably as a hole injecting material and a light emitting material, and most preferably as a light emitting material.
  • the emission of light may be any one of emission of ultraviolet rays, emission of visible rays, and emission of infrared rays, or may be any one of emission of fluorescent light and emission of phosphorescent light.
  • the emission of phosphorescent light is most preferable.
  • the maximum wavelength of phosphorescent light of the compounds according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 380nm to 490nm, more preferably in the range of 400nm to 480nm, still more preferable in the range of 410nm to 470nm, and most preferably in the range of 420nm to 460nm.
  • the phosphorescent quantum yield of the compounds according to the present invention is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and most preferably 60% or more.
  • the phosphorescent quantum yield of the phosphorescent material can be measured at 20 0 C by freezing and degassing a solution containing the phosphorescent material (for examples, a toluene solution of Ixl0 "5 mol/1).
  • the value of the external quantum efficiency the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 0 C may be used or the value of the external quantum efiBciency when the device is driven in the range of 100 to 300 cd/m 2 at 20 0 C may be used.
  • the light extraction efficiency of a conventional organic EL device is about 20%, but the light extraction efficiency may be set to 20% or more by devising the shape of a substrate, the shape of an electrode, the thickness of an organic layer, the thickness of an inorganic layer, the refractive index of an organic layer, the refractive index of an inorganic layer, and the like.
  • the organic electroluminescent device has at least one organic layer between a pair of electrodes of a positive electrode and a negative electrode and the organic layer is a light emitting layer or a plurality of organic layers including the light emitting layer.
  • the organic layer may include a hole injecting layer, a hole transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, a hole injection promoting material and a protective layer, in addition to the light emitting layer.
  • the respective layers may have different functions. A variety of materials may be used to form the respective layers.
  • Structural examples of the organic layer can include a single-layered structure (light emitting layer), a two-layered structure (light emitting layer and electron transporting layer, and hole transporting layer), a three-layered structure (electron transporting layer, light emitting layer, and hole transporting layer), a four-layered structure (electron injecting layer, light emitting layer, hole transporting layer, and hole injecting layer), and a five-layered structure (electron injecting layer, electron transporting layer, light emitting layer, hole transporting layer, and hole injecting layer).
  • the organic electroluminescent device has preferably at least three layers of the hole transporting layer, the light emitting layer, and the electron transporting layer. It is preferable that the light emitting layer includes at least two kinds of a host material and a fluorescent material.
  • the organic electroluminescent device contains a compound according to the present invention preferably in at least one layer of a light emitting layer, a layer between a light emitting layer and a negative electrode and a layer between a light emitting layer and a positive electrode, more preferably in at least one layer of a light emitting layer and a layer between a light emitting layer and a positive electrode, still more preferably in a light emitting layer.
  • the light emitting layer preferably contains at least a compound according to the present invention and a light emitting material.
  • a compound according to the present invention is preferably contained in 0.1 mass% to 99.5 mass%, more preferably 1 mass% to 98 mass%, particularly more preferably 5 mass% to 90 mass%.
  • a compound according to the present invention when a compound according to the present invention is contained in a layer between a light emitting layer and a negative electrode or a layer between a light emitting layer and. a positive electrode, a compound according to the present invention is preferably contained in 10 mass% to 100 mass%, more preferably 30 mass% to 100 mass%, particularly more preferably 50 mass% to 100 mass%.
  • the light emitting material contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited and can be properly selected from the known materials.
  • the fluorescent material can include materials described in Paragraph No. 0027 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-146067 and materials described in Paragraph No. 0057 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-103577.
  • the phosphorescent material can include heavy metal (such as indium, platinum, rhenium, osmium, copper, and gold) complexes, and contains preferably the indium complex or the platinum complex. Specific examples thereof can include those described in Paragraph Nos. 0051 to 0057 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004- 221068.
  • a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand is preferable, a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom coordinates is more preferable, a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates is still more preferable, and a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of a non-cyclic structure of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates is most preferable.
  • the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand can include a platinum complex represented by Formula (P-I) described later. Platinum complexes having these quadridentate ligands can be synthesized by a method such as a method described in WO2004-108857A1.
  • the compounds according to the present invention may be used as a host material of the light emitting layer.
  • the light emitting material contains preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand.
  • the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand is preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom coordinates, more preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom of a 6- membered heterocycle coordinates, and most preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of a non-cyclic structure of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates.
  • Examples of the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand can include a platinum complex represented by Formula (P-I) described later.
  • the compounds according to the present invention may be used in an adjacent layer of a light emitting layer (where the adjacent layer means a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, such as a hole transporting layer, the hole injecting layer, an electron transporting layer, an electric charge blocking layer, and an exciter blocking layer).
  • the compounds according to the present invention are contained preferably in the adjacent layer between the positive electrode and the light emitting layer and more preferably in the hole transporting layer and/or a hole injection promoting layer.
  • the hole injecting layer means a layer adjacent to a light emitting layer and promoting hole injection into a light emitting layer.
  • the light emitting layer contains preferably at least one compound according to the present invention, at least one light emitting material and at least one host material, or at least one host material and at least one light emitting material, and more preferably at least one host material and at least one light emitting material.
  • the light emitting material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably a phosphorescent material, more preferably a heavy metal complex, still more preferably heavy metal complexes, still more preferably an iridium complex or a platinum complex, and most preferably a platinum complex.
  • a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand is preferable, the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom coordinates is more preferable, the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom of a 6- membered heterocycle coordinates is still more preferable, and the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of a non-cyclic structure of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates is most preferable.
  • the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand can include a platinum complex represented by Formula (P-I) described later.
  • Examples of the host material contained in the light emitting layer can include the host material described later.
  • the host material is preferably one of a heavy metal complex, a carbazole derivative, an aromatic three-degreed amine compound, and a thiophene derivative and has preferably a plurality of carbazole frameworks and/or aromatic three-degreed amine frameworks in a molecule.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion
  • L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , L 14 , and L 15 represent a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • a cyclic ligand is not formed by means of additional existence of an atom group between L 11 and L 14 .
  • L 15 does not form a cyclic ligand by means of the coupling to both of L 11 and L 14 .
  • Y 11 , Y 12 , and Y 13 represent a connection group, a single bond, or a double bond.
  • the bonds between L 11 and Y 12 , between L 12 and Y 12 , between L 12 and Y 11 , between L 13 and Y 11 , between L 13 and Y 13 , and between L 14 and Y 13 represent a single bond or a double bond.
  • n E ⁇ represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Formula (P-I) can be expressed preferably by Formula (P-2), Formula (P-9), Formula (P-IO), Formula (P-5), and Formula (I) described below.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion and Y 21 represents a connection group, a single bond, )r a double bond.
  • Y 22 and Y 23 represent a single bond or a connection bond.
  • X E21 and X E22 represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom.
  • R E21 , R E22 , R E23 , and R E24 represent a hydrogen atom )r a substituent group, and R E21 , R E22 , R E23 5 and R E24 may form a ring by means of bonding, espectively.
  • L 25 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • n E21 represents an integer )f 0 to 4.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion
  • Q A1 and Q ⁇ represent an atom group instituting a nitrogen-containing heterocycle
  • R A1 , R", R* 3 , and R M represent a hydrogen atom >r a substituent group
  • R A1 and R ⁇ 2 , and R* 3 and R M may form a ring by means of bonding, respectively.
  • Y ⁇ and Y ⁇ represent a single bond or a connection bond.
  • Y A1 represent a connection bond, a single bond, or a double bond for connecting two bidentate ligands in a parenthesis.
  • L ⁇ represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • n A1 represents an integer of O to 4.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion
  • Y B2 represents a connection group and Y B2 and Y B3 represent a connection group or a single bond.
  • X B1 and X B2 represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom.
  • n B1 and n B2 represent an integer of 0 or 1.
  • R B1 , R B2 , R B3 , R B4 , R B5 , and R B ⁇ represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R B1 and R B2 , and R B3 and R B4 may form rings by means of bonding, respectively.
  • L B5 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • n B3 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Y B1 is not connected to R B5 or R B ⁇ .
  • Pt represents a platinum ion
  • Q 51 , Q 52 , Q 53 , and Q 54 represent an atom group constituting a nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
  • Y 51 represents a connection group, a single bond or a double bond.
  • W 51 and W 52 represent a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom.
  • L 55 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • n E51 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic 6-membered ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum.
  • Q represents an aromatic 5-membered ring having one or two nitrogen atoms.
  • L 1 and L 2 represent a single bond or a two-valence connection group, n represents 0 or 1.
  • Formula (P-2) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (P-3) described below.
  • Z 31 , Z 32 , Z 33 , Z 34 , Z 35 , Z 36 , T 31 , T 32 , T 33 , T 34 , T 35 , T 36 , T 37 and T 38 represent a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom.
  • X 31 and X 32 represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom.
  • Formula (P-9) described above can be expressed preferably by Formulas (P-6) and (P-7) described below.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion
  • Q 61 and Q 62 represent an atom group constituting a ring.
  • Z 61 , Z 62 , Z 63 , Z 64 , Z 65 , Z 66 , Z 67 and Z 68 represent a substituted or non- substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom.
  • Y 61 represents a connection group, a single bond, or a double bond.
  • Y 62 and Y 63 represent a connection group or a single bond.
  • L 65 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • n 61 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion
  • Z 71 , Z 72 , Z 73 , Z 74 , Z 75 , and Z 76 represent a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom
  • Y 71 , Y 72 , and Y 73 represent a connection group or a single bond
  • R 71 , R 72 , R 73 , and R 74 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group
  • R 71 and R 72 , and R 73 and R 74 may form rings by means of bonding, respectively.
  • L 75 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • n 71 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Formula (P-7) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (P-11) described below.
  • R C1 and R C2 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • R C3 , R 04 , R C5 , and R c6 represent a substituent group.
  • n C3 and n C6 represent an integer of 0 to 3 and n 04 and n C5 represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R C3 , R 04 , R C5 , and R C6 are plural, the plural R C3 , R 04 , R C5 , and R C6 may be equal to or different from each other, or may form a ring by means of bonding.
  • Formula (P-IO) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (P- 12) described below.
  • R D3 and R D4 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group s and R D1 and R D2 represent a substituent group.
  • n D1 and n D2 represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the plural R D1 and R D2 may be equal to or different from each other, or may form a ring by means of bonding.
  • Y D1 represents a vinyl group which is substituted at first and second positions, a phenylene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, or a methylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8.
  • Formula (I) described above can be expressed preferably by Formul-a.s (H), (IEI), and (IV) described below.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and L 1 are the same with those in Formula (I).
  • R P21 and R , ] P22 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
  • Z ⁇ Z 2 , and L 1 are the same with those in Formula (I).
  • R represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and L 1 are the same with those in Formula (I).
  • R P41 and R P42 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
  • Formula (II) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (HA) described below.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a two-valence connection group* .
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P5 ⁇ R p52 , R P53 , R P54 , R P55 , and R P56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group* , independently.
  • Formula (HA) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (IEB) described below.
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P5 ⁇ R P52 , R r ⁇ , R P54 , R P55 , R P56 , R P61 , and R P62 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
  • Formula (IIB) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (HC) described below.
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P51 , R P52 , R P53 , R P54 , R P55 3 and R P56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
  • Formula (EC) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (IID) described below.
  • R p51 , R P52 , R P53 5 R P54 , R P55 and R P56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
  • R P21 represents a substituent group.
  • Pt represents a platinum ion.
  • L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 represent a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • Ar*. atom included in L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 and coordinating with the platinum ion is preferably a nirtrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a carbon atom, and more preferably a nitrogen a ⁇ om, an oxygen atom, or a carbon atom.
  • the bonds between the platinum ion and L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 may be a covalent bond, an ion bond, or a coordinate bond.
  • the ligands including L 11 , Y 12 , L 12 , Y 11 , L 13 , Y 13 , and IL 14 , respectively, are preferably an anionic ligand (of which at least one anion is bonded to metal).
  • the number of anions in the anionic hgand is preferably one of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 2
  • L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 of which a carbon atom coordinates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include an imino hgand, an aromatic carbon-ring hgand (such as a benzene hgand, a naphthalene hgand, an anthracene hgand, and a phenanthracene hgand), and a heterocyclic hgand (such as a thiophene hgand, a pyridine hgand, a pyrazine hgand, a py ⁇ midine hgand, a thiazole hgand, an oxazole hgand, a pyrrole hgand, an imidazole hgand, a pyrazole hgand, condensed rings including them (such as a quinohne hgand and a benzothiazole hg
  • L n , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 of which a mtrogen atom coordinates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic hgand (such as a pyridine hgand, a pyrazine hgand, a py ⁇ midine hgand, a pyndazine hgand, a t ⁇ azine hgand, a thiazole hgand, an oxazole hgand, a pyrrole hgand, an imidazole hgand, a pyrazole hgand, a t ⁇ azole hgand, an oxadiazole hgand, a thiadiazole hgand, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline hgand, a benzooxazole hgand, and a benzoi ⁇ udazo
  • L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 of which an oxygen atom coordmates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can mclude an alkoxy hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10 and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2- ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12 and examples of which can include phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, and 2-naphthyloxy), a heterocychc oxy ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and examples of which can include pyridy
  • an acyloxy ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10 and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoyloxy), a silyloxy ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24 and examples of which can include trimethyloxy and triphenylsilyloxy), a carbonyl ligand (examples of which can include a ketone ligand, an ester ligand, and an amide ligand), and an ether ligand (examples of which can include a dialkylether ligand, a diarylether ligand, and a furyl ligand).
  • an acyloxy ligand which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2
  • L 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and L 14 of which a sulfur atom coordinates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include an alkylthio ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12 and examples of which can include phenylthio), a heterocyclic thio ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and examples of which can include pyridylthio, 2-benzimizolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, and 2- benzthiazolylthio),
  • L 11 and L 14 are preferably one of an aromatic carbon-ring ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, an ether ligand, an alkylthio ligand, an arylthio ligand, an alkylamino ligand, an arylamino ligand, an acylamino ligand, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (such as a pyridine ligand, a pyrazine ligand, a pyrimidine ligand, a pyridazine ligand, a triazine ligand, a thiazole ligand, an oxazole ligand, a pyrrole ligand, an imidazole ligand, a pyrazole ligand, a triazole ligand, an oxadiazole ligand, a thiadiazole ligand, condensed rings including them (such as a
  • L 12 and L 13 are preferably a ligand forming a coordinate bond with the platinum ion.
  • the ligand forming a coordinate bond with the platinum ion is preferably one of a pyridine ring;, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a triazole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring, a benzooxazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, and an indolenine ring), and tautomers thereof, more preferably one of a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrrole ring, condensed rings including thein (such as a quinoline ring and a benzopyrrole ring), and tautomers thereof,
  • L 15 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion.
  • L 15 is preferably a ligand. of monodentate to quadridentate and an anionic ligand of monodentate to quadridentate.
  • the aniox ⁇ c ligand of monodentate to quadridentate is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of a halogen ligand, a 1,3-diketone ligand (such as an acetyl acetone ligand), a monoanionic bidenta ⁇ te ligand (such as a picoline acid ligand and a 2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-pyridine ligand) containing a pyridine ligand, and a quadridentate ligand formed by L 11 , Y 12 , L 12 , Y 11 , L 13 , Y 13 , and L 14 , more preferably one of a 1,3-diketone ligand (such as an acetyl acetone lig
  • Y 11 , Y 12 , and Y 13 represent a connection group, a single bond, or a double bond.
  • Thes connection group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a carbonyl connection group, a thiocarbonyl connection group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oxygen atom connection group, a nitrogen atom connection group, a silicon atom connection group, and a group obtained by combining them.
  • the bonds between L * n and Y 12 , between L 12 and Y 12 , between L 12 and Y 11 , between L 13 and Y 11 , between L 13 and Y 13 , and between L 14 and Y 13 represent a single bond or a double bond.
  • Y n , Y 12 , and Y 13 are preferably one of a single bond, a double bond, a carbonyl connection group, an alkylene connection group, and an alkenylene group.
  • Y 11 is more preferably one of a single bond and an alkylene connection group and still more preferably an alkylene connection group.
  • Y 12 and Y 13 are more preferably a single bond and an alkenylene group and still more preferably a single bond.
  • a ring formed by Y 12 , L 11 , L 12 , and a platinum ion, a ring formed by Y 11 , L 12 , L 13 , and a platinum ion, and a ring formed by Y 13 , L 13 , L 14 , and a platinum ion have preferably a ring member number of 4 to 10, more preferably a ring member number of 5 to 7, and most preferably a ring member number of 5 or 6.
  • n E ⁇ represents an integer of 0 to 4. When the coordination number of the platinum ion is 4, n En is preferably 0. When the coordination number of the platinum ion is 6, n E ⁇ is preferably 1 or 2 and more preferably 1.
  • L 15 represents a bidentate ligand.
  • L 15 represents a monodentate ligand.
  • n E ⁇ plural, plural L 15 may be equal to or different from each other.
  • Q 21 and Q 22 represent an atom group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle (a ring containing nitrogen coordinating with a platinum ion).
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle formed by Q 21 and Q 22 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a triazole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring, a benzooxazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, and an indolenine ring), and tautomers thereof.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle formed by Q 21 and Q 22 is preferably one of a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzoazole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring, a benzooxazole ring, and a benzoimidazole ring), and tautomers thereof, more preferably one of a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrrole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring), and tautomers thereof, still more preferably one of a pyridine ring and a condensed ring thereof (such
  • X E21 and X E22 are preferably one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom, more preferably one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a substituted nitrogen atom, still more preferably one of an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and most preferably an oxygen atom.
  • Y 21 is the same with Y 11 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • Y 22 and Y 23 represent a connection group or a single bond, and are preferably a single bond.
  • the connection group is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of a carbonyl connection group, a tbiocarbonyl connection group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oxygen atom connection group, a nitrogen atom connection group, and a group obtained by combining them.
  • the connection group is preferably one of a carbonyl connection group, an alkylene connection group, and an alkenylene connection group, more preferably one of a carbonyl connection group and an alkylene connection group, and most preferably a carbonyl connection group.
  • R E21 , R E22 , R E23 , and R E24 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • the substituent group is not limited, and examples thereof can include an alkyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl), an alkenyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include vinyl, aryl, 2-butenyl, and 3-pentenyl), an alkinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to
  • substituent group can include an alkoxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2-ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxy, 1-naphtayloxy, and 2-naphthyloxy), a heterocyclic oxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, and quinolyloxy), an acyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more
  • substituent group can include an acyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoyloxy), an acyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetyl amino and benzoyl amino), an alkoxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl amino), an aryloxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl amino), a sulfony
  • substituent group can include a carbamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl), an alkylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenylthio), a heterocyclic thio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1
  • substituent group can include an amide phosphate group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include diethyl amide phosphate and phenyl amide phosphate), an hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a halogen atom (examples of which can include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), a cyano group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic group, a sulfino group, a hydrazino group, an imino group, a heterocyclic group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and which includes, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur
  • R E21 , R E22 , R E23 , and R E24 are preferably groups forming a ring structure (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring) in which an alkyl group, an aryl group, and R E21 and R E22 or R E23 and R E24 are bonded, and more preferably groups forming a ring structure (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring) in which R E21 and R E22 or R E23 and R E24 are bonded.
  • a ring structure such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring
  • L 25 is the same with L 15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • n E21 is the same with n E ⁇ described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • a metal complex that the ring formed by Q 21 and Q 22 is a pyridine ring and Y 21 is a connection group
  • a metal complex that the ring formed by Q 21 and Q 22 is a pyridine ring
  • Y 21 is a single bond or a double bond
  • X E21 and X E22 are a sulfur atom or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom
  • a metal complex that the ring formed by Q 21 and Q 22 is a nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocycle or a nitrogen-containing six-membered heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms is preferable.
  • Z 31 , Z 32 , Z 33 , Z 34 , Z 35 , and Z 36 are a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom and preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom.
  • substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to R E21 .
  • Z 31 and Z 32 , Z 32 and Z 33 , Z 33 and Z 34 , Z 34 and Z 35 , and Z 35 and Z 36 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
  • Z 31 and T 31 , and Z 36 and T 38 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
  • the substituent group on the carbon atom is preferably one of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, more preferably one of an alkylamino group, an aryl group, and a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), still more preferably one of an aryl group and a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and most preferably a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
  • T 31 , T 32 , T 33 , T 34 , T 35 , T 36 , T 37 , and T 3S are preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom, and more preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom.
  • the substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to R E21 .
  • T 31 and t 32 , T 32 and t 33 , T 33 and t 34 , T 35 and Z 36 , T 36 and Z 37 , and t 37 and t 38 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring).
  • the substituent group on the carbon atom is preferably one of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, more preferably one of an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, still more preferably one of an aryl group and a halogen atom, and most preferably an aryl group.
  • X 31 and X 32 are the same with X E21 and X E22 described above, respectively, and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • Q 51 and Q 52 are the same with Q 21 and Q 22 described above, respectively, and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • Q 53 and Q 54 represent a group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle (a ring containing nitrogen coordinating with the platinum ion).
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle formed by Q 53 and Q 54 is not particularly limited, but preferably one of a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative, a tautomer of an imidazole derivative, a tautomer of a thiazole derivative, and a tautomer of an ⁇ xazole derivative, more preferably one of a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative, a tautomer of an imidazole derivative, and a tautomer of a thiazole derivative, still more preferably one of a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative and a tautomer of an imidazole derivative, and most preferably a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative.
  • Y 51 is the same with Y 11 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • L 55 is the same with L 15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • n E51 is the same with n En described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • W 51 and W 52 are preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom, more preferably a non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom, and still more preferably a non-substituted carbon atom.
  • Q 61 and Q 62 represent a group forming a ring.
  • the ring formed by Q S1 and Q 62 is not limited, and examples thereof can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a thiophene ring, an isothiazole ring, a furan ring, an isooxazole ring, and condensed rings thereof.
  • the ring formed by Q 61 and Q 62 is preferably one of a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, and condensed rings thereof, more preferably one of a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, and condensed rings thereof, and most preferably a benzene ring and a condensed ring thereof.
  • Y 61 is the same with Y 11 and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • connection group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a carbonyl connection group, a thiocarbonyl connection group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oxygen atom connection group, a nitrogen atom connection group, and a group obtained by combining them.
  • Y 62 and Y 63 are preferably one of a single bond, a carbonyl connection group, an alkylene connection group, and an alkenylene connection group, more preferably one of a single bond and an alkenylene connection group, and most preferably a single bond.
  • L 65 is the same with L 15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • n 61 is the same with n E ⁇ described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • Z 61 , Z 62 , Z 63 , Z 64 , Z 65 , Z 65 , Z 67 , and Z 68 are a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom and preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom.
  • substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to R E21 .
  • Z 61 and Z 62 , Z 62 and Z 63 , Z 63 and Z 64 , Z 65 and Z 66 , Z 66 and Z 67 , and Z 67 and Z 68 may " be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
  • the ring formed by Q 61 and Q 62 may be bonded to Z 61 and Z 68 through connection groups, respectively, to form rings.
  • the substituent group on the carbon atom is preferably one of an albyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, more preferably one of an alkylamino group, aryl group, and a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), still more preferably one of an aryl group aund a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and most preferably a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
  • Y 71 , Y 72 , and Y 73 are the same with Y 62 and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • L 75 is the same with L 15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • n 71 is the same with n E ⁇ described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • Z 71 , Z 72 , Z 73 , Z 74 , Z 75 , and Z 76 are a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom and preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom.
  • substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to R E21 .
  • Z 71 and Z 72 , and Z 73 and Z 74 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
  • R 71 to R 74 are the same with the substituent groups of R E21 to R E24 in .Formula (P-2) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R cl and R C2 are a hydrogen atom or a substituent group and examples of the substituent group preferably include an alkyl group and an aryl group described as the subs"tituent groups of R E21 to R E24 in Formula (P-2).
  • the substituent groups representd by R 03 , R 04 . R. C5 , and R C6 are the same with the substituent groups of R E21 in Formula (P-2).
  • n C3 and n c6 are an integer of 0 to 3 and n 04 and n C5 are an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R C3 , R 04 , R C5 , and R c6 are plural, respectively, the plural R C3 , R 04 , R c5 , and R C6 may be equal or different.
  • R C3 , R 04 , R C5 , and R C6 axe preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hetero aryl group, and a halogen atom.
  • Y B2 , Y B3 , R BI , R B2 , R B3 , R B4 , L B5 , n B3 , X B1 , and X B2 are the same mth Y 22 , Y 23 , R E21 , R E22 , R E23 5 R E24 , L 25 , n E21 , X E21 , and X E22 in Formula (P-2).
  • Y B1 represents a connection group and is the same with Y 21 in Formula (P-2), which is preferably one of a vinyl group which is substituted at first and second positions, a phenylene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a P3 ⁇ imidine ring, and a methylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8.
  • R B5 and R B6 are a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and examples of the substituent group can include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group described as the substituent groups of R E21 , in Formula. (P-2).
  • Y B1 is not connected to R B5 or R B6 .
  • n B1 and n B2 are an integer of 0 or 1.
  • R D1 , R D2 , R D3 , and R D4 are the same with the substituent groups representd by R B5 or R B6 in Formula (P-IO) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • n D1 and n D2 are an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Y D1 is a vinyl group which is substituted at first and second positions, a phenylene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a p5 ⁇ imidine ring, or a methylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8.
  • Substituent Group A an alkyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl), an alkenyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include vinyl, aryl, 2-butenyl, and 3-pentenyl), an alkinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include propargyl and 3-pentin
  • An acyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, and pivaloyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl), an acyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoylox ⁇ ), an
  • a sulfonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfonyl amino and benzene sulfonyl amino), a.
  • sulfamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 12, and examples of which can include sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, and phenylsulfamoyl), a carbamoyl group (whibli has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include carbamoyl., methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl), an alkylthio group (whicfci has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, aaid most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio),
  • a sulfinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more prefera_bly a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfinyl and benzene sutfinyl), an ureido group (which has preferably a.
  • an amide phosphate group which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3O, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12,
  • a heterocyclic group which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 and more pr&ferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and which includes, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as the hetero atom, examples of which can include imidazolyl, pyridyl, qn-inolyl, furyl, thienyl, piperidyl, morpholino, benzoxazolyl, benzirnidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, carbazol ⁇ l, and azepinyl), a silyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably s.
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P31 , R P32 , R P33 , R p41 , R P42 , R P51 , R P52 , R PS3 , R PS4 , R P55 , R P56 , R P61 , and R P62 are preferably selected from the following group: an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 10, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, an amino group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an jaJkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, an aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, an acyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon nimmber of 2 to 20, an alkylthio
  • Z 1 ancfi Z 2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum.
  • Q represents a 5-membered aromatic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 represent a single bond or a connection group, n represents 0 or 1.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably one of pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, and triazine, more preferably pyridine, pyrazine, and pyrimidine, still more preferably pyridine and pyrazine, and most preferably a pyridine.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 may be equal to or different from each other.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 may have a substituent group selected from the groups of Substituent group A.
  • the substituent group which Z 1 and Z 2 may have is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, a sulfonyl group, a hydroxy! group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 may form a condensed ring with another ring.
  • the ring to be condensed can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably one of a substituted or non-substituted pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, and a pyrimidine ring, more preferably one of a non-substituted pyridine ring and a pyrazine ring, and still more preferably a non-substituted pyridine ring.
  • Q represents a nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring having one or two nitrogen atoms. That is, Q represents a group forming the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring having one or two nitrogen atoms along with a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom expressed in Z ⁇ N-C-Pt (or Z 2 -N-C-Pt). Examples of Q can include (non-)substituted pyrrole, pyrazole, and imidazole.
  • Q is preferably one of (non-)substituted pyrrole and pyrazole, more preferably (non-)substituted pyrazole, still more preferably pyrazole having a substituent group at the third position, still more preferably pyrazole having an alkyl group or a cyano group at the third position, and most preferably pyrazole having a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, or a cyano group.
  • Q may have a substituent group and the substituent group is the same with those of Substituent group A.
  • the substituent group of Q is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and a cyano group, more preferably one of an alkyl group and a cyano group, and still more preferably one of a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, and a cyano group.
  • Q may form a condensed ring with another ring.
  • the ring to be condensed can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
  • L 1 and L 2 represent a single bond or a 2-valence connection group
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • n is preferably 0. That is, when n is 0, two Q's do not form a ring by means of bonding.
  • the 2- valence connection group is not particularly limited, but preferably a connection group including a. carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a silicon atom. Specific examples of the 2-valence connection group are described below, but the present invention is not limited to the examples.
  • connection groups may further have a substituent group and the substituent groups of Z 1 and Z 2 can be used as the substituent group to be introduced
  • L 1 is preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, a diaryl methylene group, and diheteroaryl methylene group, more preferably one of a dimethyl methylene group and a diphenyl methylene group, and most preferably a dimethyl methylene group.
  • L 2 is preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, a diaryl methylene group, an ethylene group, a dialkyl ethylene group, a trialkyl ethylene group, a tetraalkyl ethylene group and a tetraaryl ethylene group, more preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, a diaryl methylene group, an ethylene group and a tetraalkyl ethylene group, more preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, an ethylene group and a tetraalkyl ethylene group.
  • the complex represented by Formula (I) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (II).
  • Z 1 and Z 2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a 2- valence connection group. L 1 is the same with that of Formula (I), and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • R 1 " 21 and R P22 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently, and the substituent group is the same with those of Substituent group A.
  • R P21 and R P22 substituted with the same pyrazole ring may form a condensed ring by means of connection.
  • R P22 may form a ring by bonding to R P22 substituted with another pyrazole.
  • R P21 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t- butyl group, and a cyano group, more preferably one of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, and a cyano group, and still more preferably one of a trifluoromethyl group, a t- butyl group, and cyano group.
  • R P22 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t- butyl group, a cyano group, and groups forming substituted or non-substituted methylene or ethylene by means of connection between R P22 , more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, and groups forming substituted or non-substituted methylene or ethylene by means of connection between R 1 " 22 , still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom and groups forming substituted or non-substituted methylene or ethylene by means of connection between R 1 " 22 , and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the complex represented by Formula (I) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (III).
  • Z 1 and Z 2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a 2- valence connection group. L 1 is the same with that of Formula (I), and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • R P31 , R P32 , and R P33 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently, and the substituent group is the same with those of Substituent group A.
  • R P31 and R P32 , and R P32 and R P33 may form a condensed ring by means of connection therebetween.
  • Examples of the condensed ring formed by connection between R P31 and R P32 and between R P32 and R P33 can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, and an isooxazole ring.
  • a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring are preferable.
  • the rings may be condensed with another ring.
  • R P31 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P32 , more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P32 , and still more preferably one of a methyl group, a t- butyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P32 .
  • R P32 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a group forming a condensed ring with R P31 , and a group forming a condensed ring with R P33 , more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a group forming a condensed ring with R P31 , and a group forming a condensed ring with R P33 , and still more preferably one of a t-butyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P31 .
  • R P33 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P32 , more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P32 , and still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom and a group forming a condensed ring with R P32 .
  • the complex represented by Formula (I) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (TV).
  • Formula (TV) is described, hi Formula (IV), Z 1 and Z 2 represent a nitrogen- containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a 2-valence connection group. L 1 is the same with that of Formula (I), and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • R P41 and R P42 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently, and as the substituent group is used the substituent groups selected from the groups of Substituent group A.
  • R p41 and R P42 may form a condensed ring by means of connection therebetween.
  • Examples of the condensed ring formed by connection between R P41 and R P42 can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, and an isooxazole ring.
  • a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring are preferable.
  • the rings may be condensed with another ring.
  • R P41 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P42 , more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P42 , and still more preferably one of a methyl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P42 .
  • R P42 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P41 , more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P41 , and still more preferably one of a methyl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with R P41 .
  • the complex represented by Formula (II) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IIA).
  • Formula (HA) is described.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a 2- valence connection group. L 1 is the same with that of Formula (I) 5 and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P51 , R P52 , R P53 , R P54 , R P55 , and R P56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • R P21 and R P22 are the same with those of Formula (E) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R P51 to R P56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • the substituent groups represented by R P51 to R P56 are the same with those of Substituent group A.
  • R P51 to R P5 ⁇ may form a condensed ring by means of connection therebetween.
  • R P51 and R P54 are preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, a sulfonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a pyridyl group, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a
  • R P53 and R p56 have the same preferable ranges as those of R P51 and R P54
  • R P52 and R P55 are preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a dimethyl amino group, a diphenyl amino group, a methoxy group, and a carbazolyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the complex represented by Formula (IIA) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IIB).
  • Formula (HB) is described.
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P51 , R P52 , R p53 , R P54 , R P55 , R P56 , R P ⁇ l , and R P62 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • R P21 and R P22 are the same with those of Formula (II) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R P51 to R P5 ⁇ are the same with those of Formula (DA) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R P61 and R P62 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • R P ⁇ l and R P ⁇ 2 are the same with those of Substituent group A.
  • R P ⁇ l and R P ⁇ 2 are preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a pyridyl group, still more preferably one of a methyl group, a phenyl group, and a pyridyl group, and most preferably a methyl group.
  • the complex represented by Formula (ElB) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IIC).
  • Formula (IIC) is described.
  • R P21 , R P22 , R P51 , R P52 , R P53 , R P54 5 R P55 , and R P5S represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • R P21 and R P22 are the same with those of Formula (II) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R P51 to R P56 are the same with those of Formula (ILA) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • the complex represented by Formula (IIC) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IID).
  • Formula (ItD) is described.
  • R P51 , R P52 , R P53 , R P54 , R P55 , and R P56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group.
  • R P21 is a substituent group.
  • R P51 to R P56 are the same with those of Formula (DA) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R P23 are the same with those of Substituent group A.
  • R P21 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, a sulfonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a sulfonyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, a perfiuoroaryl group, a sulfonyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a methyl group, a t-butyl group
  • R P51 , R P53 , R P54 , and R P56 are all preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Examples of the platinum complex which can be used for the electroluminescent device according to the present invention can include Compounds (1) to (6), Compounds (12) to (97), Compounds (138) to (140), Compounds (144) to (152), and Compounds (178) to (242) described in International Publication No. WO 2004/108859. Examples of compounds are further described below, but the present invention is not limited to the examples.
  • the ionization potential of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 5.8 eV to 6.3 eV, more preferably in the range of 5.95 eV to 6.25 eV, and most preferably in the range of 6.0 eV to 6.2 eV.
  • the electron mobility of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 1 x 10 "6 cmVVs to 1 x 10 "1 cm 2 /Vs, more preferably in the range of 5 x 10 '6 cmVVs to 1 x 10 '2 ciwVVs, still more preferably in the range of 1 x 10 "5 cm 2 /Vs to 1 x 10 "2 cmVVs, and most preferably in the range of 5 x 10 "5 cm 2 /Vs to 1 x 10 "2 cmVVs .
  • the hole mobility of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 1 x 10 "6 cm z /Vs to 1 x 10 "1 cmVVs, more preferably in the range of 5 x 10 "6 crnVVs to 1 x 10 "2 cm 2 /Vs, still more preferably in the range of 1 x 10 "5 cnrVVs to 1 x 10 ⁇ 2 cm 2 /Vs, and most preferably in the range of 5 x 10 "5 cm 2 /Vs to 1 x 10 ⁇ 2 cmYVs .
  • the glass transition point of the host material, the electron transporting material and the hole transporting material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 9O 0 C to 400 0 C 3 more preferably in the range of 100 0 C to 380 0 C, still more preferably in the range of 12O 0 C to 370 0 C 3 and most preferably in the range of 140 0 C to 360 0 C.
  • the maximum wavelength of the emitted light is preferably in the range of 390nm to 495nm in view of blue color purity and more preferably in the range of 400nm to 490nm.
  • the light emitting device according to the present invention may have the maximum wavelength of the emitted light in the range of 500nm and more and may be a white light emitting device.
  • the x value of CBE chromaticity of the emitted light is preferably 0.22 or less in view of the blue color purity and more preferably 0.20 or less.
  • the y value of CIE chromaticity of the emitted light is preferably in the range of 0.25 or less, more preferably 0.20 or less, and most preferably 0.15 or less.
  • the half width of an emission spectrum is preferably lOOnm or less, more preferably is 90nm or less, still more preferably 80ntn or less, and most preferably 70nm or less.
  • the Ti level (energy level of the least triplet excited state) of the phosphorescent material (the compounds according to the present invention and/or phosphorescent material used therewith) which can be used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 60 Kcal/mol (251.4 KJ/mol) to 90 Kcal/mol (377.1 KJ/mol), more preferably in the range of 62 Kcal/mol (259.78 KJ/mol) to 85 Kcal/mol (356.15 KJ/mol), and most preferably in the range of 65 Kcal/mol (272.35 KJ/mol) to 80 Kcal/mol (335.2 KJ/mol).
  • the Ti level (energy level of the least triplet excited state) of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 60 Kcal/mol (251.4 KJ/mol) to 90 Kcal/mol (377.1 KJ/mol), more preferably in the range of 62 Kcal/mol (259.78 KJ/mol) to 85 Kcal/mol (356.15 KJ/mol), and most preferably in the range of 65 Kcal/mol (272.35 KJ/mol) to 80 Kcal/ ⁇ xol (335.2 KJ/mol).
  • the Ti level (energy level of the least triplet excited state) of the layer (such as the hole transporting layer, the electron transporting layer, the charge blocking layer, and the exciter blocking layer) adjacent to the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 60 Kcal/mol (251.4 KJ/mol) to 90 Kcal/mol (377.1 KJ/mol), more preferably in the range of 62 Kcal/mol (259.78 KJ/mol) to 85 Kcal/mol (356.15 KJ/mol), and most preferably in the range of 65 Kcal/mol (272.35 KJ/mol) to 80 Kcal/mol (335.2 KJ/mol).
  • the light extraction efficiency can be improved by a variety of known techniques. For example, by processing the surface shape of a substrate (for example, forming a micro uneven pattern), or controlling the refractive indexes of the substrate, the ITO layer, and the organic layer, or controlling the thickness of the substrate, the ITO layer, and the organic layer, the light extraction efficiency can be improved, thereby enhancing the external quantum efficiency.
  • the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention may be of a so-called top emission type which extracts the light from the positive electrode (see Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003-208109, 2003-248441, 2003-257651, anxl 2003-282261).
  • the material of the substrate used in the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include an inorganic material such as zirconia-stabilized yttrium and glass, poly ester such as poly ethyleneterephthalate, poly butylene terephthalate, and poly ethylene naphthalate, a high-molecular material such as poly ethylene, poly carbonate, poly ethersulfone, poly arylate, aryldiglycolcarbonate, poly imide, poly cycloolefin, norbornene resin, poly (chlorotrifluoro ethylene), Teflon (registered trademark), and poly tetrafluoro ethylene-poly ethylene copolymer.
  • an inorganic material such as zirconia-stabilized yttrium and glass
  • poly ester such as poly ethyleneterephthalate, poly butylene terephthalate, and poly ethylene naphthalate
  • a high-molecular material such
  • the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention may contain a blue fluorescent compound.
  • a multi-color light emitting device and a full color ligtrt emitting device may be manufactured by using a blue light emitting device containing a blue fluorescent compound and the light emitting device according to the present invention together.
  • the host material contained in the light emitting layer may be a kind or two kinds or more.
  • the organic electroluminescent device includes preferably a plurality of host materials in the light emitting layer in order to control the transport property of the hole and electron in the light emitting layer.
  • a hole transporting host material excel in the hole transport property (hole transporting host) and an electron transporting host material excel in the electron transport property (electron transporting host) can be used in combination.
  • "excel in the hole transport property” or “excel in tire electron transport property” indicates the relative relationship of a plurality of the host materials used in combination, and indicates that one of the plurality of the host materials is superior to another in the hole transport property or the electron transport property.
  • a compound according to the present invention When a compound according to the present invention is used as the host material in a, light emitting layer, and when a compound according to the present invention is superior in the electron transport property, the compound can be used in combination with a host material excel in the hole transport property. And when a compound according to the present invention is superior inttie hole transport property, the compound can be used in combination with a host material excel in the electron transport property.
  • -Hole transporting host As a hole transporting host used in a light emitting layer according to the present invention, publicly known hole transporting materials can be used.
  • pyrrole carbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, imidazole, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino substituted chalkone, styryl anthracene, fluorenone, hydrazine, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styryl amine compound, aromatic dimethylidene compound, porphyrin compound, polysilane compound, poly(N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer, thiophene oligomer, conductive polymer oligomer such as polythiophene, organic silane, carbon film, and their derivatives.
  • carbazole derivative, aromatic tertiary amine compound, thiophene derivative are preferred, particularly, those having a plurality of carbazole skeletons and/or aromatic tertiary amine akeltones in their molecules are preferred.
  • -Electron transporting host As an electron transporting host used in a light emitting layer according to the present invention, publicly known electron transporting materials can be used.
  • pyridine pyrimidine, triazine, imidazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, fluoreneone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, diphenylquinone, thiopyrandioxide-, carbodiimide, fluorenylidene methane, distyryl pyradine, fluorine substituted aromatic compound, heterocyclic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride such as naphthaleneperylene, phthalocyanine, ancl their derivatives (which may form a condensed ring with other ring) and a variety of metal complerxes represented by a metal complex of 8-quinolinol derivative, metal phthalocyanine or a metal salt which has benzoxazole or benzothiazole as ligand.
  • An electron transporting host is preferably metal complex, azole derivative (benzimidazole derivative, imidazopyridine derivative), azine derivative (pyridine derivative, pyrimidine derivative, triazine derivative).
  • metal complex has a ligand containing at least one of nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom coordinating with a metal.
  • a metal ion in a metal complex is not especially limited, but preferably beryllium ion, magnesium ion, aluminium ion, gallium ion, zinc ion, indium ion or tin ion, more preferably beryllium ion, aluminium ion, gallium ion or zinc ion, still more preferably aluminium ion or zinc ion.
  • the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention has preferably a layer containing a compound with an ionization potential of 5.9 eV or more (more preferably 6.0 eV or more) between the negative electrode and the light emitting layer, and more preferably the electron transporting layer with an. ionization potential of 5.9 eV or more.
  • the method of forming the organic layer containing the compounds according to the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a resistance heating deposition method, an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a molecule deposition method, a coating method (such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, an impregnation method, a. roll coating method, a gravure coating method, a reverse coating method, a roll brush method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method, a flow coating method, a bar coating method, a micro gravure coating method, an air doctor coating method, a blade coating method, a squeeze coating method, a transfer roll coating method, a kiss coating method, a.
  • a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, an impregnation method, a. roll coating method, a gravure coating method, a reverse coating method, a roll brush method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method,
  • the layer containing the compounds according to the present invention is formed on a substrate by the use of any one method described above, but the thickness thereof is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness is preferably IOnm or more and more preferably in the range of 50nm to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the concentration of the transition metal complex contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably equal to or less than that of the host material which is a main component thereof, more preferably in the range of 0.1 mass% to 50 mass%, still more preferably in the range of 0.2 mass% to 30 mass%, still more preferably in the range of 0.3 mass%E> to 20 mass%, and most preferably in the range of 0.5 mass% to 10 mass%.
  • mass ratio is equal to weight ratio.
  • the positive electrodes serves to supply holes to the hole injecting layer, the hole transporting layer, and the light emitting layer, and may be made of metal, alloy, metal oxide, electrical conductive compound, or mixtures thereof. Among them, the material having a work function of 4 eV or more is preferable.
  • the material can include conductive metal oxide such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, and indium-tin oxide (ITO), metal such as gold, silver, chromium, and nickel, a mixture or stacked material of the metal and the conductive metal oxide, an inorganic conductive material such as copper iodide and copper sulfide, an organic conductive material such as poly aniline, poly thiophene, and poly pyrrole, and a stacked material of the materials and ITO.
  • conductive metal oxide is preferable and ITO is more preferable in view of productivity, high conductivity, an.d transparency.
  • the thickness of the positive electrode can be properly selected depending upon tfcie materials, but is preferably in the range of lOnm to 5 urn, more preferably in the range of 50nm to l ⁇ m, and most preferably in the range of lOOnm to 500nm.
  • the positive electrode is generally used in the state that it is formed on a soda lime glass substrate, an alkali-free glass substrate, a transparent resin substrate, or the like.
  • a glass substrate the material thereof is preferably the alkali-free glass so as to reduce the ions eluted from the glass.
  • the soda lime glass substrate it is preferable that a barrier coating process with silica is performed thereto.
  • the thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited so long as it is enough to maintain the mechanical strength thereof, but when the glass substrate is used, the thickness of the substrate is preferably 0.2mm or more and more preferably 0.7mm or more.
  • the positive electrode is made of ITO
  • the positive electrode is formed as a film by the use of an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a resistance heating deposition method, a chemical reaction method )a sol-gel method), or a method of coating a material in which indium-tin oxide is dispersed.
  • the driving voltage of the device can be decreased or tiie light emission efficiency thereof can be increased.
  • the positive electrode is made of ITO, UV-ozone processing or plasma processing is advantageous.
  • the negative electrode serves to supply electrons to the electron injecting layer, the electron transporting layer, and the light emitting layer, and the material of the negative electrode is selected in consideration of the adhesion, to a layer contacting the negative electrode, such as the electron injecting layer, the electron transporting layer, and the light emitting layer, the ionization potential, and the stability.
  • th.e material of the negative electrode can include metal, alloy, metal halide, metal oxide, conductive compounds, and mixtures thereof.
  • the specific examples of the material can include alkali metal (such as Li, Na, and K) and fluoride or oxide thereof, alkali earth metal (such as Mg and Ca) and fluoride or oxide thereof, gold, silver, plumbum, aluminum, sodium-potassium alloy or mixture, lithium-aluminum alloy or mixture, magnesium-silver alloy or mixture, and rare earth metal such as indium and yttrium.
  • alkali metal such as Li, Na, and K
  • alkali earth metal such as Mg and Ca
  • the materials having a work function of 4 eV or less are preferable, and aluminum, lithium- aluminum alloy or mixture, and magnesium-silver alloy or mixture are more preferable.
  • the negative electrode may have a single-layered structure of the compound and the mixture described above, or may have a multi-layered structure including the compounds and the mixtures described above.
  • a multi-layered structure such as aluminum/hthium fluoride and aluminum/lithium oxide is preferable.
  • the thickness of the negative electrode can be properly selected depending upon, the materials, but is preferably in the range of IOnm to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ 3im to l ⁇ m, and most preferably in the range of lOOnm to l ⁇ m.
  • the electron beam method, the sputtering method, the resistance heating deposition method, the coating method, the transfer method, or the like can be used to manufacture the negative electrode.
  • Two or more metals can be simultaneously deposited as simplexes.
  • an alloy electrode may be formed by simultaneously depositing a plurality of metals and an alloy adjusted in advance may be deposited.
  • the sheet resistances of the positive electrode and the negative electrode are prefera-tly low and more preferably several hundreds or less ⁇ /D.
  • the light emitting layer may be made of any material as long as it has a function of injecting holes from the positive electrode, the hole injecting layer, or the hole transporting layer at the time of application of a voltage and injecting electrons from the negative electrode, the electron injecting layer, or the electron transporting layer, a function of moving the injected charge carriers, or a function of providing a place for re-coupling the holes and the electrons to emit light.
  • the light emitting material contained in a light emitting layer may be a single or two or more kinds different from each other.
  • the thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of lnm to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 5nm to l ⁇ m, and most preferably in tfcie range of IOnm to 500nm.
  • the method of forming the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of the resistance heating deposition method, the electron beam method, the sputtering method, the molecule deposition method, the coating method, the inkjet method, the printing method, "the LB method, and the transfer method, and more preferably one of the resistance heating deposition method and the coating method.
  • the light emitting layer may be made of a single compound, or may be made of a plurality of compounds.
  • the light emitting layer may have a single layer or a plurality of layers.
  • the respective layers may emit light of different colors to emit, for example, white light.
  • the single-layered light emitting layer may emit the white light.
  • the respective layers may be made of a single compound or may be made of a plurality of compounds.
  • the same light emitting materials as contained in a light emitting material can be preferably contained in a layer adjacent to the positive electrode side of the light emitting layer or a layer adjacent to the negative electrode side of the light emitting layer.
  • the present invention can employ a constitution where an energy transfer from triplet exciton to singlet exciton is used.
  • a light emitting layer may contain a compound that emits fluorescence when a voltage is applied and a compound that has a function of amplifying a light emitting intensity during the application of a voltage by increasing the number of singlet exciton generated during the application of a voltage.
  • the materials of the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer may have any one of a function of injecting holes from the positive electrode, a function of transporting holes, and a function of blocking electrons injected from the negative electrode.
  • a conductive high-molecular oligomer such as carbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, imidazole, poly arylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino- substimped chalcone, styrylanthracene, fluorenone, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic third- degree amine compound, styryl amine compound, aromatic JIMECHIRI DIN compound, porphyrin compound, poly silane compound, poly(N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer, thiophene oligomer, and poly thiophene, an organic silane, a carbon film, the
  • the thickness of the hole injecting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of lnm to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of lnm to lOOnm, and most preferably in the range of lnm to lOnm.
  • the thickness of the hole transporting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of lnm to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 5nm to 1 ⁇ m, and most preferably in the range of lOnm to 500nm.
  • the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer may have a single-layered structure including one or two or more kinds of the above-mentioned materials, or may have a multi-layered structure including a plurality of layers with a composition of like or different kinds.
  • an ionization potential of a light emitting layer is IpO
  • an ionization potential of a layer adjacent to a light emitting layer is IpI
  • an ionization potential of a layer located in n-th position, from a light emitting layer side is Ipn
  • the relation represented by the following numeral formula (1) is preferably satisfied with respect to the low-voltage driving.
  • an electron receptive dopant can be contained in the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer of an organic EL device according to the present invention.
  • an electron receptive dopant introduced into the hole injecting layer or tke hole transporting layer inorganic compounds or organic compounds may be used as long as they are electron receptive and have a property of oxidizing an organic compound.
  • inorganic compounds include metal halide, such as ferric chloride, aluminum chloride, gallium chloride, indium chloride and antimony perrtachloride, and metal oxide, such as vanadium pentoxide, molybdic anhydride.
  • metal halide such as ferric chloride, aluminum chloride, gallium chloride, indium chloride and antimony perrtachloride
  • metal oxide such as vanadium pentoxide, molybdic anhydride.
  • the electron receptive dopant is an organic compound, compound having nitro group, halogen, cyano group or trifluoromethyl group etc. as substituent, quinone compound, acid anhydride compound and fullerene can be preferably used.
  • These electron receptive dopants can be used solely or in two or more kinds. Amount of the electron receptive dopant varies with the type of materials, however it is preferably 0.01 mass% to 50 mass%, more preferably 0.05 mass% to 2 O mass%, particularly more preferably 0.1 mass% to 10 mass% with respect to the hole transporting layer materials.
  • the vacuum deposition method, the LB method, the coating method using the material of the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer dissolved or dispersed in. a solvent, the inkjet method, the printing method, or the transfer method can be used to form the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer. When the coating method is used, the material can be dissolved or dispersed along with a resin component.
  • the resin component can include poly vinyl chloride, poly carbonate, poly styrene, poly methlymethacrylate, poly fcmtylmethacrylate, poly ester, poly sulfon, poly phenyleneoxide, poly butadiene, poly (N-vinylcaarbazole), hydrocarbon resin, ketone resin, phenoxy resin, poly amide, ethyl cellulose, vinyl acetate, ABS resin, poly urethane, melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, and silicon resin.
  • the materials for the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer may have any one of a function of injecting electrons from the negative electrode, a function of transporting electrons, and a function of blocking holes injected from the positive electrode.
  • Specific examples thereof can include a variety of metal complexes such as metal complexes of aromatic tetracarbonic acid anhydride such as triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, imidazole-, fluorenone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, diphenyl quinone, thiopyrandioxide, carbodimide, fluorenyhdene methane, distyrylpyrazine, naphthalene, and perylene, metal complexes of ptthalocyanine and 8- quinolinol, and metal complexes having metal phthalocyanine, benzooxazole., or benzothiazole as a ligand, organic silane, and derivatives thereof.
  • the thickness of the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer are not particularly limited, but are preferably in the range of lnm to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 5nm to l ⁇ m, and most preferably in the range of lOnm to 500nm.
  • the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer may liave a single-layered structure including one or two or more kinds of the above-mentioned materials, or may have a multi-layered structure including a plurality of layers with a composition of l ⁇ ke or different kinds.
  • an electron donating dopant can be contained.
  • an electron donating dopant introduced into the electron injecting layer or the electron transporting layer those having properties of electron donating ability and reducing organic compounds can be used.
  • aLkaline metals such as Li, alkali earth metals such as Mg, transition metals including rare earth metals, and reductive organic compounds, etc are preferably used.
  • metals which have work function of 4.2eV or below are preferable, in particular Li, " Na, K, Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Y, Cs, La, Sm, Gd and Yb, etc are exemplified.
  • reductive organic compounds nitrogen-containing compound, sulfur-containing compound and phosphor-containing compound are exemplified.
  • These electron donating dopants can be used solely or in two or more kinds.
  • Amount of the electron donating dopant varies with the type of materials, however it is preferably 0.01 mass% to 99 mass%, more preferably 1.0 mass% to 80 mass%, particularly more preferably 2.0 mass% to 70 mass% with respect to the electron transporting layer materials.
  • the vacuum deposition method, the LB method, the coating method using the material of the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, the inkjet method, the printing method, or the transfer method can be used to form the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer.
  • the coating method the material can be dissolved or dispersed along with a resin component. Examples of the resin compone ⁇ et can include the materials exemplified for the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer.
  • a material of the protective layer may have a function of preventing a material of promoting device deterioration such as moisture and oxygen from entering the device.
  • Specific examples thereof can include metal such as In, Sn, Pb, Au, Cu, Ag, Al, Ti, and Ni, metal oxide such as MgO, SiO, SiO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , GeO, NiO, CaO, BaO, Fe 2 O 3 , Y 2 O 3 , and TiO 2 , metal fluoride such as MgF 2 , LiF, AlF 3 , and CaF 2 , nitride such as SiN x and SiO x N y , poly ethylene, poly propylene, poly methylrnethacrylate, poly imide, poly urea, poly tetrafluoroethylene, poly chlorotrifluoroehtylene, poly dichlorodifluoroethylene, a copolymer of chlorotrifluoroethylene and dichlorodifluoroethylene, a
  • the method of forming the protective layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include the vacuum deposition method, the sputtering method, the reactive spattering method, an MBE (molecular beam epitaxy) method, a cluster ion beam method, an ion plating method, a plasma polymerization method (high-frequency excited ion plating method), a plasma CVD method, a laser CVD method, a thermal CVD method, a gas source CVD method, the coating method, the printing method, and the transfer method.
  • MBE molecular beam epitaxy
  • a charge generating layer may be provided between a plurality of light emitting layers in order to enhance the light emitting efficiency.
  • the charge generating layer has a function of generating charges (hole and electron) during the application of a voltage, in addition, it has a function of injecting the generated charges into a layer adjacent to the charge generating layer.
  • any materials can be used for the material which forms the charge generating layer as long as they have above mentioned functions.
  • the material may be formed by single compound or a plurality of compounds.
  • those having conductive property, those having semi- conductive property as a doped organic layer or those having electrical insulating property may be used.
  • Materials described in JPA-11-329748, JPA-2003-272860 or JPA-2004-39617 are exemplified.
  • transparent conductive material such as ITO or IZO (indium zin oxxide), organic conductive material such as fullerene, for example C60, or oligo thiopherie, organic conductive material such as metal phthalocyanin, non-metal phthalocyanin, metal porphyrin or non-metal porphyrin, metal material such as Ca, Ag, Al, alloy of Mg: Ag, alloy of Al:Li or alloy of Mg:Li, hole conductive material, electron conductive material and mixture thereof can be used.
  • transparent conductive material such as ITO or IZO (indium zin oxxide)
  • organic conductive material such as fullerene, for example C60, or oligo thiopherie
  • organic conductive material such as metal phthalocyanin, non-metal phthalocyanin, metal porphyrin or non-metal porphyrin
  • metal material such as Ca, Ag, Al, alloy of Mg: Ag, alloy of Al:Li or alloy of Mg:L
  • hole conductive material for example, hole transporting organic material such as 2- TNATA or NPD in which oxidizing agent having electron extracting property such as F4-TCNQ, TCNQ, FeCL 3 is doped, P-type conductive polymer or P-type semiconductor are exemplified.
  • electron conductive material electron transporting organic material in which metal or metal compound having a work function of less than 4.OeV is doped, N-type conductive polymer or N- type semiconductor are exemplified.
  • N-type semiconductor includes N-type Si, N-type Cds and N- type Zns etc.
  • P-type semiconductor includes P-type Si, P-type CdTe and P-type Cuo etc.
  • Electrical insulating materials such as V 2 O 5 can be used as the charge generating; layer.
  • the cliarge generating layer may be single layer or a plurality of laminated layers.
  • a constitution in which a material having conductive property such as transparent conductive material and metal material, and a hole conductive material or a electron conductive material are laminated, and a constitution in which the hole conductive material and the electron conductive material are laminated are exemplified.
  • the thickness and materials of the charge generating layer are preferably selected whereby the charge generating layer has 50% or more transmittance of visible light in general.
  • the thickness thereof is not especially limited, but it is preferably 0.5 to 200nm, more preferably 1 to lOOnm, still more preferably 3 to 50nm and particularly more preferably 5 to 30nm.
  • the method for forming a charge generating layer is not especially limited.
  • the above mentioned method for forming an organic compound layer can be employed.
  • a cathode and an anode side of the charge generating layer may include materials which have a function of injecting charges into layers adjacent to the charge generating layer.
  • electron injecting compounds such as BaO, SrO, Li 2 O, LiCl, LiF, MgF 2 , MgO and CaP 2 are laminated on the cathode side of the charge generating layer.
  • the applications of the organic electroluminescent device according to tr ⁇ e present invention are not particularly limited, but it may be used very suitably in the fields such as display devices, displays, backlights, electronic photographs, lighting light sources, recorrding light sources, exposing light sources, reading light sources, signboards, interiors, optical communications.
  • the compounds according to the present invention represented by ForEtmlas (1) to (5) can be used for medical applications, fluorescent brightening agents, photograph materials, UV absorbing materials, laser pigments, recording medium materials, inkjet pigments, color filter pigments, color-changing filters, and the like.
  • potassium hexamethyldisilazid (1.55g; 7.4 mmol) was added to a toluene (200ml) suspended liquid of imidazolium salt-1 (2.64g; 7.4 mmol), iridium (I) cfcrnloride 1, and 5-cyclooctadiene complex dimer (0.62g; 0.92 mmol) at a room temperature, and the mixture solution was heated and stirred in reflux for 15 hours. Then, the mixture solution was cooled to the room temperature.
  • potassium hexamethyldisilazid 2.5Og; 11.9 mtnol
  • imidazolium salt-2 400Og; 11.9 mmol
  • indium (I) chloride 1 4.0Og; 11.9 mmol
  • 5 -cyclooctadiene complex dimer l.l lg; 1.65 mmol
  • potassium hexamethyldisilazid (3.84g; 18.3 mmol) was added, to a mesitylene (200ml) suspended liquid of imidazolium salt-1 (6.55g; 18.3 mmol), indium (I) chloride 1, and 5 -cyclooctadiene complex dimer (LOOg; 2.02 mmol) at a room temperature, acid the mixture solution was heated and stirred in reflux for 15 hours. Then, the mixture solution wa-s cooled to the room temperature.
  • a cleaned ITO substrate is placed into a vapor deposition apparatus and is coated with copper phthalocyanine with a thickness of lOnm.
  • NPD(N,N'-di- ⁇ -naphthyl-N,N'-diphenyl- benzidine) is deposited thereon with a thickness of 40nm.
  • Ir(ppy) 3 and CBP(4,4-N,N' dicarbazole- biphenyl) are deposited on the resultant structure with a ratio (mass ratio) of 5:95 with a thickness of 30nm.
  • BAIq is deposited thereon with a thickness of lOnm, and then AIq (tris(8- hydroxyquinoline) aluminum complex) is deposited thereon with a thickness of 30nm.
  • Example 3 By using Ir(ppy) 3 and Compound (184) according to the present invention with a ratio (mass ratio) of 1:2, instead of Ir(ppy) 3 and CBP(4,4-N,N' dicarbazole-biphenyl) in the light emitting device according to Comparative Example 1, a device is manufactured similarly to Comparative Example 1. The resultant device could be decreased to a half in the number of dark spots generated in comparison with the device according to Comparative Example 1, thereby reducing the driving voltage for allowing current of 1 mA to flow in the EL device. [Comparative Example A-O]
  • a cleaned ITO substrate was placed into a vapor deposition apparatus and NPD ((N,N'-di- ⁇ -naphthyl-N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine) was deposited thereon as a hole transporting layer with a thickness of lOnm.
  • NPD (N,N'-di- ⁇ -naphthyl-N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine
  • Ir(ppy) 3 as a light emitting material
  • CBP 4,4-N,N'-dicarbazolbiphenyl
  • BAIq was deposited thereon as an electron transporting layer with a thickness of 40nm.
  • Example A-I By using Compound (5) according to the present invention instead of the hole transporting layer NPD in the EL device according to Comparative Example A-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example A-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 2000cd/m 2 is shown in Table 1. [Example A-2]
  • the EL devices using the compounds according to the present invention as the hole transporting layer exhibit relatively high light emission efficiency in comparison with the EL device according to the comparative example, and the voltage values with the same brightness are equal to or smaller than that of the EL device according to Comparative Example A-O from the view point of improvement in light emission efficiency.
  • Comparative Example B-O Comparative Example B-O
  • a cleaned ITO substrate was placed into a vapor deposition apparatus, 2-TNATA was deposited thereon as a hole injecting layer with a thickness of 140nm.
  • NPD ((N,N'-di- ⁇ -naphthyl- N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine) was deposited thereon as a hole transporting layer with a thickness of 7nm.
  • Carbazole .derivative (1) was deposited thereon as a hole injection promoting layer with a thickness of 3nm.
  • Firpic as a light emitting material and mCP as a host material were deposited on the resultant structure at a ratio (mass ratio) of 8:92 with a thickness of 30nm and BAIq was deposited thereon as an electron transporting layer with a thickness of 40nm. Thereafter, a patterned mask (of which the light emitting area is 4mmx5mm) was placed on the obtained organic thin film, lithium fluoride was deposited thereon with a thickness of about lnm, and then aluminum was co-deposited thereon with a thickness of lOOnm, thereby manufacturing an EL device.
  • the EL devices using the compounds according to the present invention as the hole transporting layer exhibit relatively high light emission efficiency in comparison with the EL device according to the comparative example, and the voltage values with the same brightness are equal to or smaller than that of the EL device according to Comparative Example B-O from the view point of imp ⁇ rvement in light emission efficiency.
  • Comparative Example C-O Comparative Example C-O
  • a cleaned ITO substrate was placed into a vapor deposition apparatus, 2-TNATA was deposited thereon as a hole injecting layer with a thickness of 140nm.
  • NPD ((N,N'-di- ⁇ -naphthyl- N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine) was deposited thereon as a hole transporting layer with a thickness of 7nm.
  • Carbazole derivative (1) was deposited thereon as a hole injection promoting layer with a thickness of 3nm.
  • Compound (P-2) as a light emitting material (P-2) and mCP as a host material were deposited on the resultant structure at a ratio (mass ratio) of 15:85 with a thickness of 30nm and BAIq was deposited thereon as an electron transporting layer with a thickness of 40nm. Thereafter, a patterned mask (of which the light emitting area is 4mmx5mm) was placed on the obtained organic thin film, lithium fluoride was deposited, thereon with a thickness of about lnm, and then aluminum was co-deposited thereon with a thickness of lOOnm, thereby manufacturing an EL device.
  • the EL devices employing the hole injection promoting layer combined with the hole injecting layer containing the compounds according to the present invention exhibit relatively high light emission efficiency in comparison with the EL device according to the comparative example, and the voltage values with the same brightness are equal to or smaller than that of the EL device according to Comparative Example C-O from the view point of improvement in light emission efficiency.
  • the organic EL device using the compounds according to the present invention, as an adjacent layer can realize light emission with high efficiency and driving with a low voltage.
  • the organic electroluminescent device having the compound according to the present invention has excellent durability.
  • by using a compound having a specific structure in a specific layer of an organic layer it is possible to emit light with high efficiency.
  • An organic electroluminescent device comprising: a pair of electrodes; and at least one organic layer between the pair of electrodes, wherein the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by Formula (1):
  • M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R 11 and R 12 may be independently bonded to M or R ⁇ and R 12 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
  • L 11 represents a ligand, and L n may be bonded to at least one of R 11 and R 12 ;
  • C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to R 11 and R 12 to coordinate with M.
  • M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group

Abstract

An organic electroluminescent device comprising: a pair of electrodes; and at least one organic layer between the pair of electrodes, wherein the at least one organic layer contains a specific compound in which a transition metal and a carbene carbon are bonded to each other.

Description

006/309142
DESCRIPTION
ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE
Technical Field
The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device which can emit light by converting electric energy into optical energy.
Background Art
Since an organic electroluminescent device (organic EL device) can emit high-brightness light with a low voltage, the organic EL device has been actively studied. In general, the organic EL device includes an organic layer (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic compound layer) having a light emitting layer and a pair of electrodes with the organic layer therebetween and uses light emitted from exciters generated by recombining electrons injected from a negative electrode and holes injected from a positive electrode with each other in the light emitting layer.
In recent years, increase in efficiency of the organic EL device has been advanced by using a phosphorescent material. An iridium complex (WO 00/57676) and a platinum complex are known as the phosphorescent material, but the phosphorescent material requires improvement in efficiency, durability, and emitted color.
Disclosure of the Invention
An object of 1he present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device which can emit a variety of color light with high durability or high light emitting efficiency.
The object is accomplished by the following means.
(1) An organic electroluminescent device comprising: a pair of electrodes; and at least one organic layer between the pair of electrodes, wherein the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by Formula (1):
Figure imgf000002_0001
wherein M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion; R11 and R12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R11 and R12 may be independently bonded to M or R11 and R12 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
Lπ represents a ligand, and Lπ may be bonded to at least one of Rπ and R12;
X11 represents a counter ion; n11 represents an integer of 0 to 5; n12 represents an integer of 1 to 6; n13 represents an integer of 0 to 3; and
C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to R11 and R12 to coordinate with M.
(2) The organic electroluminescent device as described in (1) above, wherein the compound represented by Formula (1) is a compound represented by Formula
(2):
Figure imgf000003_0001
Formula ( 2)
wherein M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion;
R21, R22, R23 and R24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R21, R22, R23 and R24 may be independently bonded to M or R21, R22, R23 and R24 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
L21 represents a ligand, and L21 may be bonded to at least one of R21, R22, R23 and R24;
X21 represents a counter ion; n21 represents an integer of 0 to 5; n22 represents an integer of 1 to 6; n23 represents an integer of 0 to 3; and
C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to two nitrogen atoms to coordinate with
M.
(3) The organic electroluminescent device as described in (2) above, wherein the compound represented by Formula (2) is a compound represented by Formula
(3):
Figure imgf000004_0001
Formula ( 3 )
wherein M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion;
R31, R32 and R33 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R31, R32 and R33 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R31, R32 and R33 may coordinate with M through an atom of R31, R32 and R33 respectively;
R34 represents a substituent group, provided that when R34 is plural, a plurality of R34 may equal to or different from each other, and a plurality of R34 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R34 may coordinate with M through an atom of R34;
L31 represents a ligand;
X31 represents a counter ion; n31 represents an integer of 0 to 4; n32 represents an integer of 1 to 3; n33 represents an integer of 0 to 2; m31 represents an integer of 0 to 4; and
C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to two nitrogen atoms to coordinate with M by means of two electrons of the carbene carbon.
(4) The organic electroluminescent device as described in (3) above, wherein the compound represented by Formula (3) is a compound represented by Formula (4):
Figure imgf000005_0001
Formula ( 4)
wherein R41, R42 and R43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R41, R42 and R43 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R41, R42 and R43 may coordinate with M through an atom of R41, R42 and R43 respectively;
R44, R45 and R46 each independently represents a substituent group, provided that when R44, R45 and R45 are plural respectively, a plurality of R44, a plurality of R45 and a plurality of R46 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure respectively or R44, R45 and R45 may coordinate with M through an atom of R44, R45 and R46 respectively; n41 represents an integer of 0 to 2; n42 represents an integer of 1 to 3; and m41, m42 and m43 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
(5) The organic electroluminescent device as described in any of (1) to (4) above, wherein a ligand containing the carbene carbon is a tridentate to hexadentate ligand.
(6) The organic electroluminescent device as described in (1) above, wherein the compound represented by Formula (1) is a compound represented by Formula
(5):
Figure imgf000005_0002
Formula ( 5 )
wherein R52 and R53 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R52 and R53 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
R54, R55- and R56 each independently represents a substituent group, provided that when R54,
4 R55 and R56 are plural respectively, a plurality of R54, a plurality of R55 and a plurality of R56 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure respectively;
Y51 and Y52 each independently represents a single bond or a connection group; n51 represents 0 or 1; and m51, m52 and m53 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
(7) The organic electroluminescent device as described in any of (1) to (6) above, wherein the at least one organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and wherein the light emitting layer contains at least a light emitting material and a compound represented by any of Formulae (1) to (5),
(8) The organic electroluminescent device as described in any of (1) to (7) above, wherein the at least one organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and wherein at least one layer between the light emitting layer and a positive electrode contains a compound represented by any of Formulae (1) to (5).
(9) The organic electroluminescent device as described in any of (1) to (7) above, wherein the at least one organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and wherein at least one layer between the light emitting layer and a negative electrode contains a compound represented by any of Formulae (1) to (5).
In an organic electroluminescent device having at least one organic layer between a pair of electrodes, it is possible to improve the durability of a device (reduction of the driving voltage and inhibition for the generation of dark spots along with the deterioration of a device when it is driven for a long time.) or the light emitting efficiency of a device by using a compound represented by any of formulae (1) to (5) which has a bond between a transition metal and a carbene carbon in the organic layer.
Further, by employing a compound represented by any of formulae (1) to (5) in at least one organic layer laminated especially between a light emitting layer and a positive electrode or between a light emitting layer and a negative electrode, it is possible to further improve a light emitting efficiency in addition to the durability of a device (reduction of the driving voltage and inhibition for the generation of dark spots along with the deterioration of a device when it is driven for a long time.)
Best Mode For Carrying Out the Invention
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The present invention provides an organic electroluminescent device having at least one organic layer between a pair of electrodes. Here, the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by formulae (1) to (5) (having the same meaning as the compound according to the present invention in which a transition metal and a carbene carbon are bonded to each other.)
Formula (1) is described. M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion. R11 and R12 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group independently. Both or one of R1 * and R12 may coordinate with M through an atom(s) of both or one of R11 and R12. L11 represents a ligand and X11 represents a counter ion. n11 represents an integer of 0 to 5, n12 represents an integer of 1 to 6, and n13 represents an integer of 0 to 3. C represents a carbene carbon. The carbene carbon is bonded to R11 and R12 (preferably in a covalent bond) and coordinates with M by means of two electrons of carbon.
The transition metal atom used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, indium, and platinum, more preferably one of palladium, rhenium, rhodium, iridium, and platinum, and most preferably one of palladium, rhodium, iridium, and platinum.
Examples of the substituent group representd by R11 and R12 can include an alkyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 2O3 and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl), an alkenyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include vinyl, aryl, 2-butenyl, and 3-pentenyl), and an alkinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include propargyl and 3-pentinyl).
In addition, other examples of the substituent group representd by R11 and R12 can include an aryl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthranil), a substituted or non-substituted amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 2O3 and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 10, and examples of which can include amino, methyl amino, dimethyl amino, diethyl amino, dibenzyl amino, diphenyl amino, and ditolyl amino), an alkoxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2-ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxy, 1-naphtayloxy, and 2- naphthyloxy), and a heterocyclic oxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, and quinolyloxy). In addition, other examples of the substituent group representd by R11 and R12 can include an acyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can inclu.de acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, and pivaloyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl), an acyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to IO . and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoyloxy), and an acyl amino group (which ha.s preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetyl amino and benzoyl amino).
In addition, other examples of the substituent group representd by R11 and R12 can include an alkoxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl amino), an aryloxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl amino), a sulfonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3O5 more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfonyl amino and benzene sulfonyl amino), and a sulfamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 12, and examples of which can include sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, and phenylsulfamoyl).
In addition, other examples of the substituent group representd by Rπ and R12 can include a carbamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl), an alkylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 120, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples off which can include phenylthio), and a heterocyclic thio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridylthio, 2-benzimizolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, and 2- benzthiazolylthio) .
In addition, other examples of the substituent group representd by Rn and R12 can include a sulfonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include mesyl and tosyl), a sulfinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfinyl and benzene sulfinyl), an ureido group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include ureido, methylureido, and phenylureido), an amide phosphate group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include diethyl amide phosphate and phenyl amide phosphate), an hydroxy group, a mercapto group, and a halogen atom (examples of which can include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom).
In addition, other examples of the substituent group representd by R11 and R12 can include a cyano group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic acid group, a sulfino group, a hydrazino group, an imino group, a heterocyclic group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and which includes, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as the hetero atom, examples of which can include imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, piperidyl, morpholino, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, carbazolyl, and azepinyl), a silyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples of which can include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl), and a silyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples of which can include methylsilyloxy and triphenylsilyloxy). These substituent groups may be substituted again.
R11 and R12 may form a cyclic structure by bonding. R11 and R12 may coordinate with M through an atom of R11 and R12. At least one of R11 and R12 may be bonded to L11 to form a chelate ligand. R11 and R12 are preferably one of an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hetero aryloxy group, and a substituted amino group and more preferably one of an alkoxy group and a substituted amino group.
Lπ represents a ligand. Examples of the ligand can include ligands described in "Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds" published in 1987 by Springer- Verlag Co. and written by H. Yersin, and "Organic Metal Chemistry - Fundamentals and Applications" published in 1982 by Shokabou Co. and written by Yamamoto Akio. The ligand is preferably one of a halogen ligand (examples of which can include a chlorine ligand and a fluorine ligand), a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (examples of which can include bipyridyl, phenanthroline, phenylpyridine, pyrazolylpyridine, benzimidazolylpyridine, phenylpyrazole, picohnate, and dipicolinate), a diketone ligand, a nitrile ligand, a CO ligand, an isonitrile ligand, a phosphorous ligand (examples of which can include phophine derivatives, phosphorous ester derivatives, and phosphinine derivatives), and a carbonic acid ligand (examples of which can include an acetic acid ligand), and more preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (examples of which can include bipyridyl, phenanthroline, phenylpyridine, pyrazolylpyridine, benzimidazolylpyridine, and phenylpyrazole).
A nitrogen-containing heterocycle in the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand is preferably one of a pyridine cycle, a pyrazine cycle, a pyrimidine cycle, a pyridazine cycle, a pyrrole cycle, a pyrazole cycle, an imidazole cycle, a triazole cycle, a thiazole cycle, an oxazole cycle, an oxadiazole cycle, a thiadiazole cycle, an azaphosphinine cycle and is more preferably one of a pyridine cycle, a pyrazole cycle, and an imidazole cycle.
The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand may have a substituent group. Examples of the substituent group can include the groups described in relation to R11, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group are preferable.
X11 represents a counter ion. The counter ion is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of an alkali metal ion, an alkali earth metal ion, a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a PF6 ion, an ammonium ion (for example, a tetramethyl ammonium ion), a borate ion, and a phosphonium ion, and more preferably one of a perchlorate ion and a PF6 ion. n11 represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 or 2. When n11 is plural, a plurality of L11 may be equal to or different from each other, n12 represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an. integer of 1 to 3. When n12 is plural, a plurality of carbene ligands represented by R1 X-C-R12 ma.y be equal to or different from each other, n13 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n13 is plural, a plurality of X11 may be equal to or different from each other.
Formula (2) is described. M, L21, X21, n21, n22, and n23 are the same as M, L11, X11, n", n12, and n13 of Formula (1) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. R21, R22. R23, and R24 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R11. R21, R22, R23, and R24 may form a. ring structure, respectively, by bonding. R21, R22, R23, and R24 may coordinate with M through an atom of R21, R22; R23, and R24, respectively. R21, R22, R23, and R24 may be bonded to L21 to form, a chelate ligand, respectively. R21, R22, R23, and R24 are preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl amino group, an aryl amino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and most preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
A carbene ligand formed out of a carbene carbon, two nitrogen atoms, R21, R22, R23, and R24 has preferably a ring-shaped structure containing the carbene carbon and the two nitrogen atoms, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure, and most preferably a 5- membered ring structure represented by Formula (Z-I).
Figure imgf000011_0001
Formula ( Z - 1 )
In the above-mentioned formula, R61, R62, R63, and R64 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. C represents a carbene carbon. The carbene carbon is boned to two nitrogen atoms and has two electrons, which can coordinate with a transition metal, on the carbon.
Formula (Z-I) is described. R61, R62, R63, and R64 are the same as M, R22, R23, L21, and X21 of Formula (2) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
Formula (3) is described. M, R31, R32, R33, L31, and X31 are the same as M, R21, R22, R23, L21, and X21 of Formula (2) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same, respectively. R34 represents a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R11. A plurality of R34 may equal to or different from each other. The plurality of R34 may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding or the atom on R34 may coordinate with M. R34 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group, and most preferably one of a fluorine atom and a cyano group, n31 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 1 to 4. n32 represents an integer of 1 to 3 and preferably 1 or 2. n33 represents an integer of 0 to 2 and preferably 0 or 1. m31 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2. When m31 is plural, a plurality of R34 may be equal to or different from each other.
Formula (4) is described. R41, R42, R43, R44, n42, and m41 are the same as R31, R32, R33, R34, n32, and m31 of Formula (3) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same, respectively. R45 and R45 represent a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R11. When m42 is plural, a plurality of R45 may be equal to or different from each other. A plurality of R45 may form a ring structure, respectively', by bonding or the atom on R45 may coordinate with an iridium atom. R45 is preferably one of an aJkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy groujp, and a substituted amino group, and most preferably one of an alkoxy group and a substituted amino group, n42 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2. When m43 is plural, a plurality of R46 may be equal to or different from each other. A plurality of R46 may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding or the atom on R45 may coordinate with an iridium atom. RJ46 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, atx aryl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group, and most preferably one of a fluorine atom and a cyano group, m43 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2. n41 represents an. integer of 0 to 2 and preferably 1 or 2.
In the compounds represented by Formulas (1) to (4), the ligand including a carbene carbon is preferably tridentate to hexadentate and more preferably tridentate or quadridentate.
Formula (5) is described. R52 and R53 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent grou/p and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R11. R52 and RS3 may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding, are preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl amino group, an aryl amino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and most preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
A carbene ligand formed out of a carbene carbon, two nitrogen atoms, and R52 and R53 has preferably a ring-shaped structure containing the carbene carbon and the two nitrogen atoms, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure, and most preferably a 5-membered rirLg structure represented by Formula (Z-2).
Figure imgf000013_0001
Formula ( Z - 2 )
In the above-mentioned formula, R92, and R93 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group and R94, R95, and R96 represent a substituent group. Y91 and Y92 represent a single bond or a connection group, n91 represent 0 or 1 and m91, m92, and m93 represent an integer of 0 to 4. C represents a carbene carbon. The carbene carbon is boned to two nitrogen atoms and has two electrons, which can coordinate with a transition metal, on the carbon.
R54 and R56 represent a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R11. When m51 and m53 are plural, a plurality of R54 and R56 may be equal to or different from each other and may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding. R54 and R56 are preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, and a substituted amino group, and most preferably one of a fluorine atom and a substituted amino group, m51 and m532 represent an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
R55 represents a substituent group and examples of the substituent group can include the groups described with reference to R11. A plurality of R55 may be equal to or different from each other, or may form a ring structure, respectively, by bonding. R55 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a substituted amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and a substituted amino group, and most preferably one of an alkoxy group and a substituted amino group. mS2 represents an integer of 0 to 4 and preferably an integer of 0 to 2. Y51 and Y52 represent a single bond or a connection group. The connection group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a connection group having one of a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom. Specific examples thereof are described below but the connection group is not limited.
Figure imgf000014_0001
CH3 Ph
Λ ^N\
Figure imgf000014_0002
The connection groups may be substituted again and examples of the substituent group can include the substituent groups described with reference to Rπ in Formula (1). The substituent group is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl amino group, an aryl amino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and most preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. Y51 and Y52 are preferably one of a single bond, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a silyl group, and more preferably one of a single bond, a dimethyl methylene group, and an ethylene group, n51 represents O or 1 and preferably O.
Formula (Z-2) is described. R92, R93, R94, R95, R96, Y91, Y92, m91, m92, m93, and n91 are the same as R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, Y51, Y52, m51, m52, m53, and n51 of Formula (5) described above and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
The compounds represented by Formulas (1) to (5) may be low-molecular compounds. The oligomer compounds and the polymer compounds (of which the weight-average molecular weight (in polystyrene equivalent)) are preferably in the range of 1,000 to 5,000,000, more preferably in the range of 2,000 to 1,000,000, and most preferably in the range of 3,000 to 100,000). In case of the polymer compounds, the structures represented by Formulas (1) to (5) may be included in the main chain of a polymer or in the side chain of the polymer. The polymer compounds may be a homo-polymer compound or a copolymer. The compounds according to the present invention is preferably is a low-molecular compound.
Examples of the compounds according to the present invention are described below, but the present invention is not limited to the examples.
Figure imgf000015_0001
Compound ( i ) Compound (5)
Figure imgf000015_0002
Compound (2)
Figure imgf000015_0003
Figure imgf000015_0004
Compound (7)
Compound (3)
Figure imgf000015_0005
Compound (4)
Figure imgf000016_0001
Compound (9) Compound (13)
Figure imgf000016_0002
Compound (10) Compound (14)
Figure imgf000016_0003
Compound ( i 1 ) Compound (15)
Figure imgf000016_0004
Figure imgf000017_0001
Compound (i 7) Compound (21)
Figure imgf000017_0002
Compound (18)
Figure imgf000017_0003
Compound (22)
Figure imgf000017_0004
Compound (23)
Figure imgf000017_0005
Compound (2 O)
Figure imgf000017_0006
Figure imgf000018_0001
Compound (2 5)
Figure imgf000018_0002
Figure imgf000018_0003
Compound (31 )
Compound (2 6)
Figure imgf000018_0004
Figure imgf000018_0005
Compound (32)
Compound (2 7 )
Figure imgf000018_0006
Compound (2 8)
Figure imgf000018_0007
Compound (33)
Figure imgf000018_0008
Compound (29)
Figure imgf000019_0001
Compound (34) Compound (36)
Figure imgf000019_0002
Compound (35) Compound (37)
Figure imgf000020_0001
Compound (38) Compound (42)
Figure imgf000020_0002
Compound (39) Compound (43)
Figure imgf000020_0003
Compound (40)
Figure imgf000020_0004
Compound (44)
Figure imgf000020_0005
Compound (41 )
C
Figure imgf000020_0006
Figure imgf000021_0001
Compound (46)
Figure imgf000021_0002
Compound (50) 4)
Figure imgf000021_0004
Compound (47) compound (51)
Figure imgf000021_0003
Compound (55)
Figure imgf000021_0005
Compound (48)
Figure imgf000021_0006
Compound (52) Compound (56)
Figure imgf000021_0007
Compound (49) Compound (53)
Figure imgf000021_0008
57)
Figure imgf000022_0001
Compound (58) (ClO4)
Compound (62)
Compound (66)
Figure imgf000022_0002
Compound (61) Compound (65)
Figure imgf000023_0001
Compound (68) (ClO4)
Compound (72)
Compound (76)
Figure imgf000023_0002
Compound (70)
Compound (74)
Figure imgf000023_0003
Compound (71) Compound (75)
Figure imgf000024_0001
Compound (78) (ClO4)
Compound (82)
Compound C 86)
Figure imgf000024_0002
Compound (80) Compound (84)
Figure imgf000024_0003
Compound (81) Compound (85)
Figure imgf000025_0001
Compound (88) compound (93)
Figure imgf000025_0002
Compound (98)
Figure imgf000025_0003
Compound (89) Compound (94)
Figure imgf000025_0004
Compound (99)
Figure imgf000025_0005
Compound (9O) Compound (95)
Figure imgf000025_0006
Compound (91) Compound (96)
Figure imgf000025_0007
Compound (92) Compound (97)
Figure imgf000026_0001
Compound (100) Compound (104)
Figure imgf000026_0002
Compound ( 1 O 1 ) Compound (105)
Figure imgf000026_0003
Compound (102) Compound (106)
Figure imgf000026_0004
Compound (103) Compound ( 107)
Figure imgf000027_0001
Compound (118)
Compound (108) Compound (113)
Figure imgf000027_0002
Compound (109) Compound (114) Compound (119)
Figure imgf000027_0003
Compound (110) Compound (115) compound (120)
Figure imgf000027_0004
Compound Oil) Compound (116) Compound (121)
Figure imgf000027_0005
C
Figure imgf000027_0006
Compound (122)
Figure imgf000028_0001
Compound (123) Compound (128)
Figure imgf000028_0002
Compound (124) Com ound (129)
Figure imgf000028_0003
Compound (130)
Figure imgf000028_0005
Compound (131)
Figure imgf000028_0004
Compound (127)
Figure imgf000029_0001
ompound (137) Compound (141 )
Figure imgf000029_0002
compound (138)
Figure imgf000029_0003
Compound (142)
Figure imgf000029_0004
Compound (143)
Figure imgf000029_0006
Compound (144)
Figure imgf000029_0005
Figure imgf000030_0001
Compound (145)
Figure imgf000030_0002
Compound (150) Compound (155)
Com
Figure imgf000030_0003
pound 046) Compound (156)
Compound (151)
Co
Figure imgf000030_0004
mpound (147) Compound (157)
Compound (152)
Figure imgf000030_0006
Figure imgf000030_0005
Compound (148) Compound (158)
Figure imgf000030_0008
Figure imgf000030_0009
Compound (149)
Figure imgf000030_0007
Compound (159) C
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0002
Compound (161)
Figure imgf000031_0003
Compound 071)
Figure imgf000031_0004
Compoun (162) Compound (167)
Figure imgf000031_0005
Compoun
Figure imgf000031_0006
Compound (163) Compound (168) J J Compound (173)
C
Figure imgf000031_0008
Figure imgf000031_0007
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002
Compound (179)
Figure imgf000033_0001
Compound (184) Compound (188) Compound (192)
Figure imgf000033_0002
Compound (185) Compound (189) Compound (193)
Figure imgf000033_0003
Compound (186) Compound (190) Compound (194)
Figure imgf000033_0004
Compound (187) Compound (191) Compound (195)
Figure imgf000034_0001
Compound (196) Compound (200) Compound (204)
Figure imgf000034_0002
Compound (197) Compound (201) Compound (205)
Figure imgf000034_0003
Compound (199) Compound (203) Compound (207)
Figure imgf000035_0001
Compound (208) Compound (212) Compound (216)
Figure imgf000035_0002
Compound (209) Compound (213) Compound (217)
Figure imgf000035_0003
Compound (210) Compound (214) Compound (218)
Figure imgf000035_0004
Compound (211) Compound (215) Compound (219)
Figure imgf000036_0001
Compound (220) Compound (224) Compound (228)
Figure imgf000036_0002
Compound (221) . Compound (225) Compound (229)
Figure imgf000036_0003
Compound (222) Compound (226) Compound (230)
Figure imgf000036_0004
Compound (223) Compound (227) Compound (231)
Figure imgf000037_0001
Compound (232) Compound (236) Compound (240)
Figure imgf000037_0002
Compound (233) Compound (237) Compound (241)
Figure imgf000037_0003
Compound (234) Compound (238) Compound (242)
Figure imgf000037_0004
Compound (235) Compound (239) Compound (243)
Figure imgf000038_0001
Compound (244)
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000038_0003
Compound (245) Compound (249) Compound (253)
Figure imgf000038_0004
Compound (246) Compound (250)
Compound (254)
Figure imgf000038_0005
Compound (247) Compound (251)
Compound (255)
Figure imgf000039_0001
Compound (256) Compound (260) Compound (264)
Figure imgf000039_0002
Compound (257) Compound (261) Compound (265)
Figure imgf000039_0003
Compound (258) Compound (262) Compound (266)
Figure imgf000039_0004
Compound (258) Compound (263) Compound (267)
Figure imgf000040_0001
Compound (268)
Compound (272) Compound (276)
Figure imgf000040_0002
Compound (271) Compound (275)
Compound (279)
The compounds according to the present invention represented by Formulas (L) to (5) can be synthesized by the use of a variety of methods. For example, by mixing a ligand or the dissociated material with a transition metal compound at a room temperature or while .heating them, the compounds can be obtained. In case of heating, a method of over-heating the materials with micro waves is effective in addition a typical heating method. Solvent (such as halogen solvent, alcohol solvent, ether solvent, and water) or base (which may be inorganic base or organic base, examples of which can include sodium methoxy, potassium t-butoxy, triethyl amine, and potassium carbonate) may be used as needed.
For example, the synthesis of Compound (1) can be performed by the use of the following method. That is, chlorine-bridged indium complex A-I can be synthesized by the use of the method described Document 1 (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 6647) or the like. Then, by nnaking a complex from complex A-I and imidazolium salt A-2 which is a precursor of a carbene ligand by the use of the reaction condition described in Document 2 (Inorg. Chem. 2004, 43, 6896) or "the like, Compound (1) can be synthesized.
Figure imgf000041_0001
A - 1 Compound ( 1 >
The synthesis of Compound (113) which is a quadridentate platinum complex can be performed by the use of the following method. That is, imidazolium salt A-3 which is a precursor of a quadridentate carbene ligand can be synthesized by the use of the method described in Document 3 (Tetrahedron, 2004, 60, 5807). Then, by making a complex from imidazolium salt A- 3 and platinum salt by the use of the reaction condition described in Document 4 (Coordination Chemistry Reviews, 2004, 248, 2247) or the like, Compound (113) can be synthesized.
Figure imgf000041_0002
A-3 Compound (113)
The compounds according to the present invention can be also synthesized by the use of the method described in Document (Angew. Chem. Lit. Ed. 2002, 41, 1290), Document 5 (".Metal Complex Chemistry," published in 1990 by Hirokawa Shoten and coauthored by Ogino Hiroshi, Matsubayasi Genetsu, and Yamamoto Yosihisa), and the like.
The compounds according to the present invention can be used as any one of a hole injecting material, a hole transporting material, a light emitting material, an electron injecting material, an electron transporting material, a hole blocking material, an electron blocking material, an exciter blocking material and a hole injection promoting material. The compounds can be used preferably as a hole injecting material, a hole transporting material, an electron blocking material, and a light emitting material, more preferably as a hole injecting material and a light emitting material, and most preferably as a light emitting material. When the compounds are used as the light emitting material, the emission of light may be any one of emission of ultraviolet rays, emission of visible rays, and emission of infrared rays, or may be any one of emission of fluorescent light and emission of phosphorescent light. The emission of phosphorescent light is most preferable.
The maximum wavelength of phosphorescent light of the compounds according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 380nm to 490nm, more preferably in the range of 400nm to 480nm, still more preferable in the range of 410nm to 470nm, and most preferably in the range of 420nm to 460nm.
The phosphorescent quantum yield of the compounds according to the present invention is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and most preferably 60% or more. The phosphorescent quantum yield of the phosphorescent material can be measured at 200C by freezing and degassing a solution containing the phosphorescent material (for examples, a toluene solution of Ixl0"5 mol/1).
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the external quantum efficiency (= (the number of input electrons) / (the number of output photons) x 100 (%)) is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and most preferably 13% or more. As the value of the external quantum efficiency, the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 200C may be used or the value of the external quantum efiBciency when the device is driven in the range of 100 to 300 cd/m2 at 200C may be used.
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the internal quantum efficiency (= (external quantum efficiency) x (light extraction efficiency) / IOO (%)) is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and most preferably 70% or more. The light extraction efficiency of a conventional organic EL device is about 20%, but the light extraction efficiency may be set to 20% or more by devising the shape of a substrate, the shape of an electrode, the thickness of an organic layer, the thickness of an inorganic layer, the refractive index of an organic layer, the refractive index of an inorganic layer, and the like.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention has at least one organic layer between a pair of electrodes of a positive electrode and a negative electrode and the organic layer is a light emitting layer or a plurality of organic layers including the light emitting layer. The organic layer may include a hole injecting layer, a hole transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, a hole injection promoting material and a protective layer, in addition to the light emitting layer. The respective layers may have different functions. A variety of materials may be used to form the respective layers.
Structural examples of the organic layer can include a single-layered structure (light emitting layer), a two-layered structure (light emitting layer and electron transporting layer, and hole transporting layer), a three-layered structure (electron transporting layer, light emitting layer, and hole transporting layer), a four-layered structure (electron injecting layer, light emitting layer, hole transporting layer, and hole injecting layer), and a five-layered structure (electron injecting layer, electron transporting layer, light emitting layer, hole transporting layer, and hole injecting layer).
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention has preferably at least three layers of the hole transporting layer, the light emitting layer, and the electron transporting layer. It is preferable that the light emitting layer includes at least two kinds of a host material and a fluorescent material.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention contains a compound according to the present invention preferably in at least one layer of a light emitting layer, a layer between a light emitting layer and a negative electrode and a layer between a light emitting layer and a positive electrode, more preferably in at least one layer of a light emitting layer and a layer between a light emitting layer and a positive electrode, still more preferably in a light emitting layer.
When a compound according to the present invention is used in a light emitting layer, the light emitting layer preferably contains at least a compound according to the present invention and a light emitting material.
In a light emitting layer, a compound according to the present invention is preferably contained in 0.1 mass% to 99.5 mass%, more preferably 1 mass% to 98 mass%, particularly more preferably 5 mass% to 90 mass%.
Further, when a compound according to the present invention is contained in a layer between a light emitting layer and a negative electrode or a layer between a light emitting layer and. a positive electrode, a compound according to the present invention is preferably contained in 10 mass% to 100 mass%, more preferably 30 mass% to 100 mass%, particularly more preferably 50 mass% to 100 mass%.
The light emitting material contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited and can be properly selected from the known materials. Examples of the fluorescent material can include materials described in Paragraph No. 0027 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-146067 and materials described in Paragraph No. 0057 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-103577. Examples of the phosphorescent material can include heavy metal (such as indium, platinum, rhenium, osmium, copper, and gold) complexes, and contains preferably the indium complex or the platinum complex. Specific examples thereof can include those described in Paragraph Nos. 0051 to 0057 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004- 221068. Among them, a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand is preferable, a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom coordinates is more preferable, a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates is still more preferable, and a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of a non-cyclic structure of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates is most preferable. Examples of the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand can include a platinum complex represented by Formula (P-I) described later. Platinum complexes having these quadridentate ligands can be synthesized by a method such as a method described in WO2004-108857A1.
The compounds according to the present invention may be used as a host material of the light emitting layer. When the compounds according to the present invention are used as the host material, the light emitting material contains preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand. The platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand is preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom coordinates, more preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom of a 6- membered heterocycle coordinates, and most preferably a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of a non-cyclic structure of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates. Examples of the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand can include a platinum complex represented by Formula (P-I) described later.
The compounds according to the present invention may be used in an adjacent layer of a light emitting layer (where the adjacent layer means a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, such as a hole transporting layer, the hole injecting layer, an electron transporting layer, an electric charge blocking layer, and an exciter blocking layer). Particularly, the compounds according to the present invention are contained preferably in the adjacent layer between the positive electrode and the light emitting layer and more preferably in the hole transporting layer and/or a hole injection promoting layer. The hole injecting layer means a layer adjacent to a light emitting layer and promoting hole injection into a light emitting layer.
When the compounds according to the present invention are used in the adjacent layer of a light emitting layer, the light emitting layer contains preferably at least one compound according to the present invention, at least one light emitting material and at least one host material, or at least one host material and at least one light emitting material, and more preferably at least one host material and at least one light emitting material. The light emitting material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably a phosphorescent material, more preferably a heavy metal complex, still more preferably heavy metal complexes, still more preferably an iridium complex or a platinum complex, and most preferably a platinum complex.
As a platinum complex, a platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand is preferable, the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom coordinates is more preferable, the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of which a nitrogen atom of a 6- membered heterocycle coordinates is still more preferable, and the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand of a non-cyclic structure of which a nitrogen atom of a 6-membered heterocycle coordinates is most preferable. Examples of the platinum complex having a quadridentate ligand can include a platinum complex represented by Formula (P-I) described later.
Examples of the host material contained in the light emitting layer can include the host material described later. The host material is preferably one of a heavy metal complex, a carbazole derivative, an aromatic three-degreed amine compound, and a thiophene derivative and has preferably a plurality of carbazole frameworks and/or aromatic three-degreed amine frameworks in a molecule.
Hereafter, Formula (P-I) is explained below.
Formula (P-I)
Figure imgf000045_0001
Here, Pt represents a platinum ion, L11, L12, L13, L14, and L15 represent a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. A cyclic ligand is not formed by means of additional existence of an atom group between L11 and L14.
L15 does not form a cyclic ligand by means of the coupling to both of L11 and L14. Y11, Y12, and Y13 represent a connection group, a single bond, or a double bond. The bonds between L11 and Y12, between L12 and Y12, between L12 and Y11, between L13 and Y11, between L13 and Y13, and between L14 and Y13 represent a single bond or a double bond. n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Formula (P-I) can be expressed preferably by Formula (P-2), Formula (P-9), Formula (P-IO), Formula (P-5), and Formula (I) described below. Formula (P-2)
Figure imgf000046_0001
Here, Pt represents a platinum ion and Y21 represents a connection group, a single bond, )r a double bond. Y22 and Y23 represent a single bond or a connection bond. Q21 and Q22 epresent an atom group constituting a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, and the bond between a ing formed by Q21 and Y21 and the bond between the ring formed by Q22 and Y21 represent a single bond or a double bond. XE21 and XE22 represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom. RE21, RE22, RE23, and RE24 represent a hydrogen atom )r a substituent group, and RE21, RE22, RE23 5 and RE24 may form a ring by means of bonding, espectively. L25 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. nE21 represents an integer )f 0 to 4.
Formula (P-9)
Figure imgf000046_0002
Here, Pt represents a platinum ion, and QA1 and Q^ represent an atom group instituting a nitrogen-containing heterocycle. RA1, R", R*3, and RM represent a hydrogen atom >r a substituent group, and RA1 and R^2, and R*3 and RM may form a ring by means of bonding, respectively. Y^ and Y^ represent a single bond or a connection bond. YA1 represent a connection bond, a single bond, or a double bond for connecting two bidentate ligands in a parenthesis. L^ represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. nA1 represents an integer of O to 4.
Formula (P-IO)
Figure imgf000047_0001
Here, Pt represents a platinum ion, YB2 represents a connection group and YB2 and YB3 represent a connection group or a single bond. XB1 and XB2 represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom. nB1 and nB2 represent an integer of 0 or 1. RB1, RB2, RB3, RB4, RB5, and R represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and RB1 and RB2, and RB3 and RB4 may form rings by means of bonding, respectively. LB5 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. nB3 represents an integer of 0 to 4. Here, YB1 is not connected to RB5 or R.
Formula (P-5)
Figure imgf000047_0002
Here, Pt represents a platinum ion, and Q51, Q52, Q53, and Q54 represent an atom group constituting a nitrogen-containing heterocycle. Y51 represents a connection group, a single bond or a double bond. W51 and W52 represent a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom. L55 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. nE51 represents an integer of 0 to 4. Formula (I)
Figure imgf000048_0001
In Formula (I), Z1 and Z2 represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic 6-membered ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum. Q represents an aromatic 5-membered ring having one or two nitrogen atoms. L1 and L2 represent a single bond or a two-valence connection group, n represents 0 or 1.
Formula (P-2) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (P-3) described below.
Formula (P-3)
Figure imgf000048_0002
In Formula (P-3), Z31, Z32, Z33, Z34, Z35, Z36, T31, T32, T33, T34, T35, T36, T37 and T38 represent a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom. X31 and X32 represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom.
Formula (P-9) described above can be expressed preferably by Formulas (P-6) and (P-7) described below. Formula (P-6)
Figure imgf000049_0001
In Formula (P-6), Pt represents a platinum ion, and Q61 and Q62 represent an atom group constituting a ring. Z61, Z62, Z63, Z64, Z65, Z66, Z67 and Z68 represent a substituted or non- substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom. Y61 represents a connection group, a single bond, or a double bond. Y62 and Y63 represent a connection group or a single bond. L65 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. n61 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
Formula (P-7)
Figure imgf000049_0002
In Formula (P-7), Pt represents a platinum ion, and Z71, Z72, Z73, Z74, Z75, and Z76 represent a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom. Y71, Y72, and Y73 represent a connection group or a single bond. R71, R72, R73, and R74 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R71 and R72, and R73 and R74 may form rings by means of bonding, respectively. L75 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. n71 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
Formula (P-7) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (P-11) described below.
Formula (P-I l)
Figure imgf000050_0001
Here, RC1 and RC2 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group., and RC3, R04, RC5, and Rc6 represent a substituent group. nC3 and nC6 represent an integer of 0 to 3 and n04 and nC5 represent an integer of 0 to 4. When RC3, R04, RC5, and RC6 are plural, the plural RC3, R04, RC5, and RC6 may be equal to or different from each other, or may form a ring by means of bonding.
Formula (P-IO) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (P- 12) described below.
Formula (P-12)
Figure imgf000050_0002
Here, RD3 and RD4 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent groups and RD1 and RD2 represent a substituent group. nD1 and nD2 represent an integer of 0 to 4. When RD1 and RD2 are plural, the plural RD1 and RD2 may be equal to or different from each other, or may form a ring by means of bonding. YD1 represents a vinyl group which is substituted at first and second positions, a phenylene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, or a methylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8.
Formula (I) described above can be expressed preferably by Formul-a.s (H), (IEI), and (IV) described below.
Formula (II)
Figure imgf000051_0001
In Formula (II), Z1, Z2, and L1 are the same with those in Formula (I). RP21 and R ,]P22 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently. Formula (TH)
Figure imgf000051_0002
In Formula (HI), Z\ Z2, and L1 are the same with those in Formula (I). RP31, RP32, and
R represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently. Formula (IV)
Figure imgf000051_0003
In Formula (IV), Z1, Z2, and L1 are the same with those in Formula (I). RP41 and RP42 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently. Formula (II) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (HA) described below.
Formula (HA)
Figure imgf000052_0001
In Formula QIA), L1 represents a single bond or a two-valence connection group* . RP21, RP22, RP5\ Rp52, RP53, RP54, RP55, and RP56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group* , independently.
Formula (HA) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (IEB) described below.
Formula (IIB)
Figure imgf000052_0002
In Formula (HB), RP21, RP22, RP5\ RP52, R, RP54, RP55, RP56, RP61, and RP62 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
Formula (IIB) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (HC) described below.
Formula (HC)
Figure imgf000053_0001
In Formula (E-C), RP21, RP22, RP51, RP52, RP53, RP54, RP55 3 and RP56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently.
Formula (EC) described above can be expressed preferably by Formula (IID) described below.
Formula (ED)
Figure imgf000053_0002
In Formula (IID), Rp51, RP52, RP53 5 RP54, RP55 and RP56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently. RP21 represents a substituent group.
Formula (P-I) is described. Pt represents a platinum ion.
L11, L12, L13, and L14 represent a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. Ar*. atom included in L11, L12, L13, and L14 and coordinating with the platinum ion is preferably a nirtrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a carbon atom, and more preferably a nitrogen aΛom, an oxygen atom, or a carbon atom.
The bonds between the platinum ion and L11, L12, L13, and L14 may be a covalent bond, an ion bond, or a coordinate bond. The ligands including L11, Y12, L12, Y11, L13, Y13, and IL14, respectively, are preferably an anionic ligand (of which at least one anion is bonded to metal). The number of anions in the anionic hgand is preferably one of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 2
L11, L12, L13, and L14 of which a carbon atom coordinates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include an imino hgand, an aromatic carbon-ring hgand (such as a benzene hgand, a naphthalene hgand, an anthracene hgand, and a phenanthracene hgand), and a heterocyclic hgand (such as a thiophene hgand, a pyridine hgand, a pyrazine hgand, a pyπmidine hgand, a thiazole hgand, an oxazole hgand, a pyrrole hgand, an imidazole hgand, a pyrazole hgand, condensed rings including them (such as a quinohne hgand and a benzothiazole hgand), and tautomers thereof)
Ln, L12, L13, and L14 of which a mtrogen atom coordinates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic hgand (such as a pyridine hgand, a pyrazine hgand, a pyπmidine hgand, a pyndazine hgand, a tπazine hgand, a thiazole hgand, an oxazole hgand, a pyrrole hgand, an imidazole hgand, a pyrazole hgand, a tπazole hgand, an oxadiazole hgand, a thiadiazole hgand, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline hgand, a benzooxazole hgand, and a benzoiπudazole hgand), tautomers thereof, and an amino hgand (such as an alkyl ammo hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10 and examples of which can include methylamino), an aryl amino hgand (such as phenylamino), an acyl ammo hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10 and examples of which can include acetylamino and benzoylammo), an alkoxycarbonyl ammo hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10 and examples of which can mclude methoxycarbonylamino), an aryloxycarbonyl amino hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 10 and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonylamino), a sulfonyl ammo hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10 and examples of which can mclude methane sulfonylamino and benzene sulfonylamino), and an imino hgand) Such hgands may be substituted again
L11, L12, L13, and L14 of which an oxygen atom coordmates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can mclude an alkoxy hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10 and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2- ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy hgand (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12 and examples of which can include phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, and 2-naphthyloxy), a heterocychc oxy ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and examples of which can include pyridyloxy-. pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, and quinolyloxy), an acyloxy ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10 and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoyloxy), a silyloxy ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24 and examples of which can include trimethyloxy and triphenylsilyloxy), a carbonyl ligand (examples of which can include a ketone ligand, an ester ligand, and an amide ligand), and an ether ligand (examples of which can include a dialkylether ligand, a diarylether ligand, and a furyl ligand).
L11, L12, L13, and L14 of which a sulfur atom coordinates with the platinum ion are not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include an alkylthio ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12 and examples of which can include phenylthio), a heterocyclic thio ligand (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and examples of which can include pyridylthio, 2-benzimizolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, and 2- benzthiazolylthio), a thiocarbonyl ligand (such as a thioketone ligand and a thioester ligand), and a thioether ligand (such as a dialkylthioether ligand, a diarylthioether ligand, and a thiofuryl ligand). The substituent ligands may be substituted again.
L11 and L14 are preferably one of an aromatic carbon-ring ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, an ether ligand, an alkylthio ligand, an arylthio ligand, an alkylamino ligand, an arylamino ligand, an acylamino ligand, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (such as a pyridine ligand, a pyrazine ligand, a pyrimidine ligand, a pyridazine ligand, a triazine ligand, a thiazole ligand, an oxazole ligand, a pyrrole ligand, an imidazole ligand, a pyrazole ligand, a triazole ligand, an oxadiazole ligand, a thiadiazole ligand, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ligand, a benzooxazole ligand, and a benzimidazole ligand), and tautomers thereof), more preferably one of an aromatic carbon-ring ligand, an aryloxy ligand, an arylthio ligand, an arylamino ligand, an acylamino ligand, a pyridine ligand, a pyrazine ligand, an imidazole ligand, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ligand, a quinoxaline ligand, and a benzimidazole ligand), and tautomers thereof, still more preferably one of an aromatic carbon-ring ligand, an aryloxy ligand, an arylthio ligand, and an arylamino ligand, and most preferably one of an aromatic carbon-ring ligand and an aryloxy ligand. L12 and L13 are preferably a ligand forming a coordinate bond with the platinum ion. The ligand forming a coordinate bond with the platinum ion is preferably one of a pyridine ring;, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a triazole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring, a benzooxazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, and an indolenine ring), and tautomers thereof, more preferably one of a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrrole ring, condensed rings including thein (such as a quinoline ring and a benzopyrrole ring), and tautomers thereof, and most preferably one of a pyridine ring and condensed rings including the pyridine ring (such as a quinoline ring).
L15 represents a ligand coordinating with the platinum ion. L15 is preferably a ligand. of monodentate to quadridentate and an anionic ligand of monodentate to quadridentate. The anioxήc ligand of monodentate to quadridentate is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of a halogen ligand, a 1,3-diketone ligand (such as an acetyl acetone ligand), a monoanionic bidenta~te ligand (such as a picoline acid ligand and a 2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-pyridine ligand) containing a pyridine ligand, and a quadridentate ligand formed by L11, Y12, L12, Y11, L13, Y13, and L14, more preferably one of a 1,3-diketone ligand (such as an acetyl acetone ligand), a monoanionic bidentate ligand (such as a picoline acid ligand and a 2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-pyridine ligand) containing a pyridine ligand, and a quadridentate ligand formed by L11, Y12, L12, Y11, L13, Y13, and L14, still more preferably one of a 1,3-diketone ligand (such as an acetylacetone ligand), and a monoanionic bidentate ligand (such as a picoline acid ligand and a 2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-pyridin.e ligand) containing a pyridine ligand, and most preferably a 1,3-diketone ligand (such as an acetylacetone ligand). The number of dentates and the number of ligands are not greater than ttae coordination number of metal. L15 does not form a cyclic ligand by means of the coupling to both ofL11 and L14
Y11, Y12, and Y13 represent a connection group, a single bond, or a double bond. Thes connection group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a carbonyl connection group, a thiocarbonyl connection group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oxygen atom connection group, a nitrogen atom connection group, a silicon atom connection group, and a group obtained by combining them. The bonds between L* n and Y12, between L12 and Y12, between L12 and Y11, between L13 and Y11, between L13 and Y13, and between L14 and Y13 represent a single bond or a double bond.
Yn, Y12, and Y13 are preferably one of a single bond, a double bond, a carbonyl connection group, an alkylene connection group, and an alkenylene group. Y11 is more preferably one of a single bond and an alkylene connection group and still more preferably an alkylene connection group. Y12 and Y13 are more preferably a single bond and an alkenylene group and still more preferably a single bond. A ring formed by Y12, L11, L12, and a platinum ion, a ring formed by Y11, L12, L13, and a platinum ion, and a ring formed by Y13, L13, L14, and a platinum ion have preferably a ring member number of 4 to 10, more preferably a ring member number of 5 to 7, and most preferably a ring member number of 5 or 6. n represents an integer of 0 to 4. When the coordination number of the platinum ion is 4, nEn is preferably 0. When the coordination number of the platinum ion is 6, n is preferably 1 or 2 and more preferably 1. When the coordination number of the platinum ion is 6 and n is 1, L15 represents a bidentate ligand. When the coordination number of the platinum ion is 6 and n is 2, L15 represents a monodentate ligand. When n is plural, plural L15 may be equal to or different from each other.
Formula (P-2) is now described.
Q21 and Q22 represent an atom group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle (a ring containing nitrogen coordinating with a platinum ion). The nitrogen-containing heterocycle formed by Q21 and Q22 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a triazole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring, a benzooxazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, and an indolenine ring), and tautomers thereof.
The nitrogen-containing heterocycle formed by Q21 and Q22 is preferably one of a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzoazole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring, a benzooxazole ring, and a benzoimidazole ring), and tautomers thereof, more preferably one of a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrrole ring, condensed rings including them (such as a quinoline ring), and tautomers thereof, still more preferably one of a pyridine ring and a condensed ring thereof (such as a quinoline ring), and most preferably a pyridine ring.
XE21 and XE22 are preferably one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom, more preferably one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a substituted nitrogen atom, still more preferably one of an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and most preferably an oxygen atom.
Y21 is the same with Y11 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
Y22 and Y23 represent a connection group or a single bond, and are preferably a single bond. The connection group is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of a carbonyl connection group, a tbiocarbonyl connection group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oxygen atom connection group, a nitrogen atom connection group, and a group obtained by combining them. The connection group is preferably one of a carbonyl connection group, an alkylene connection group, and an alkenylene connection group, more preferably one of a carbonyl connection group and an alkylene connection group, and most preferably a carbonyl connection group.
RE21, RE22, RE23, and RE24 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. The substituent group is not limited, and examples thereof can include an alkyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl), an alkenyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include vinyl, aryl, 2-butenyl, and 3-pentenyl), an alkinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include propargyl and 3-pentinyl), an aryl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyl, p- methylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthranil), and an amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 10, and examples of which can include amino, methyl amino, dimethyl amino, diethyl amino, dibenzyl amino, diphenyl amino, and ditolyl amino).
Other examples of the substituent group can include an alkoxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2-ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxy, 1-naphtayloxy, and 2-naphthyloxy), a heterocyclic oxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, and quinolyloxy), an acyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, and pivaloyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl), and an aryloxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl) .
Other examples of the substituent group can include an acyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoyloxy), an acyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetyl amino and benzoyl amino), an alkoxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl amino), an aryloxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl amino), a sulfonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfonyl amino and benzene sulfonyl amino), and a sulfamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 12, and examples of which can include sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, and phenylsulfamoyl).
Other examples of the substituent group can include a carbamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl), an alkylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenylthio), a heterocyclic thio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridylthio, 2-benzimizolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, and 2- benzthiazolylthio), a sulfonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include mesyl and tosyl), a sulfϊnyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfinyl and benzene sulfϊnyl), and an ureido group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include ureido, methylureido, and phenylureido).
Other examples of the substituent group can include an amide phosphate group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include diethyl amide phosphate and phenyl amide phosphate), an hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a halogen atom (examples of which can include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), a cyano group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic group, a sulfino group, a hydrazino group, an imino group, a heterocyclic group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and which includes, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as the hetero atom, examples of which can include imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, piperidyl, morpholino, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benztbiazolyl, carbazolyl, and azepinyl), a silyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples of which can include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl), and a silyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples of which can include methylsilyloxy and triphenylsilyloxy). These substituent groups may be substituted again.
RE21, RE22, RE23, and RE24 are preferably groups forming a ring structure (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring) in which an alkyl group, an aryl group, and RE21 and RE22 or RE23 and RE24 are bonded, and more preferably groups forming a ring structure (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring) in which RE21 and RE22 or RE23 and RE24 are bonded.
L25 is the same with L15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same. nE21 is the same with n described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
In Formula (P-2), a metal complex that the ring formed by Q21 and Q22 is a pyridine ring and Y21 is a connection group, a metal complex that the ring formed by Q21 and Q22 is a pyridine ring, Y21 is a single bond or a double bond, and XE21 and XE22 are a sulfur atom or a substituted or non-substituted nitrogen atom, or a metal complex that the ring formed by Q21 and Q22 is a nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocycle or a nitrogen-containing six-membered heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms is preferable.
Formula (P-3) is now described.
Z31, Z32, Z33, Z34, Z35, and Z36 are a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom and preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom. Examples of the substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to RE21. Z31 and Z32, Z32 and Z33, Z33 and Z34, Z34 and Z35, and Z35 and Z36 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring). Z31 and T31, and Z36 and T38 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
The substituent group on the carbon atom is preferably one of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, more preferably one of an alkylamino group, an aryl group, and a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), still more preferably one of an aryl group and a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and most preferably a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
T31, T32, T33, T34, T35, T36, T37, and T3S are preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom, and more preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom. The substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to RE21. T31 and t32, T32 and t33, T33 and t34, T35 and Z36, T36 and Z37, and t37 and t38 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring).
The substituent group on the carbon atom is preferably one of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, more preferably one of an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, still more preferably one of an aryl group and a halogen atom, and most preferably an aryl group.
X31 and X32 are the same with XE21 and XE22 described above, respectively, and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
Formula (P-5) is now described.
Q51 and Q52 are the same with Q21 and Q22 described above, respectively, and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
Q53 and Q54 represent a group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle (a ring containing nitrogen coordinating with the platinum ion). The nitrogen-containing heterocycle formed by Q53 and Q54 is not particularly limited, but preferably one of a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative, a tautomer of an imidazole derivative, a tautomer of a thiazole derivative, and a tautomer of an όxazole derivative, more preferably one of a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative, a tautomer of an imidazole derivative, and a tautomer of a thiazole derivative, still more preferably one of a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative and a tautomer of an imidazole derivative, and most preferably a tautomer of a pyrrole derivative.
Y51 is the same with Y11 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
L55 is the same with L15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same. nE51 is the same with nEn described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
W51 and W52 are preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom, more preferably a non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom, and still more preferably a non-substituted carbon atom.
Formula (P-9) is now described. QA1, Q*2, YA1, Y*2, Y*3, RA1, R*2, R*3, RA4, L*5, and nA1 are the same with M21, Q21, Q22, Y21, Y22, Y23, RE21, RE22, RE23, RE24, L25, and nE21 in Formula (P-2) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
Formula (P -6) is now described.
Q61 and Q62 represent a group forming a ring. The ring formed by QS1 and Q62 is not limited, and examples thereof can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a thiophene ring, an isothiazole ring, a furan ring, an isooxazole ring, and condensed rings thereof.
The ring formed by Q61 and Q62 is preferably one of a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, and condensed rings thereof, more preferably one of a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, and condensed rings thereof, and most preferably a benzene ring and a condensed ring thereof.
Y61 is the same with Y11 and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
Y62 and Y63 represent a connection group or a single bond. The connection group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a carbonyl connection group, a thiocarbonyl connection group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oxygen atom connection group, a nitrogen atom connection group, and a group obtained by combining them.
Y62 and Y63 are preferably one of a single bond, a carbonyl connection group, an alkylene connection group, and an alkenylene connection group, more preferably one of a single bond and an alkenylene connection group, and most preferably a single bond.
L65 is the same with L15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same. n61 is the same with n described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
Z61, Z62, Z63, Z64, Z65, Z65, Z67, and Z68 are a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom and preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom. Examples of the substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to RE21. Z61 and Z62, Z62 and Z63, Z63 and Z64, Z65 and Z66, Z66 and Z67, and Z67 and Z68 may "be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring). The ring formed by Q61 and Q62 may be bonded to Z61 and Z68 through connection groups, respectively, to form rings.
The substituent group on the carbon atom is preferably one of an albyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, an aryl group, a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and a halogen atom, more preferably one of an alkylamino group, aryl group, and a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), still more preferably one of an aryl group aund a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring), and most preferably a group forming a condensed ring (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
Formula (P-T) is now described.
Y71, Y72, and Y73 are the same with Y62 and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
L75 is the same with L15 described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same. n71 is the same with n described above and a preferable range thereof is also the same.
Z71, Z72, Z73, Z74, Z75, and Z76 are a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom or nitrogen atom and preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbon atom. Examples of the substituent group on a carbon atom can include the groups described with reference to RE21. Z71 and Z72, and Z73 and Z74 may be bonded to each other through connection groups, respectively, to form condensed rings (such as a benzo condensed ring and a pyridine condensed ring).
R71 to R74 are the same with the substituent groups of RE21 to RE24 in .Formula (P-2) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
Formula (P-Il) is now described.
Rcl and RC2 are a hydrogen atom or a substituent group and examples of the substituent group preferably include an alkyl group and an aryl group described as the subs"tituent groups of RE21 to RE24 in Formula (P-2). The substituent groups representd by R03, R04. R.C5, and RC6 are the same with the substituent groups of RE21 in Formula (P-2). nC3 and nc6 are an integer of 0 to 3 and n04 and nC5 are an integer of 0 to 4. When RC3, R04, RC5, and Rc6 are plural, respectively, the plural RC3, R04, Rc5, and RC6 may be equal or different. RC3, R04, RC5, and RC6 axe preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hetero aryl group, and a halogen atom.
Formula (P-IO) is now described.
YB2, YB3, RBI, RB2, RB3, RB4, LB5, nB3, XB1, and XB2 are the same mth Y22, Y23, RE21, RE22, RE23 5 RE24, L25, nE21, XE21, and XE22 in Formula (P-2). YB1 represents a connection group and is the same with Y21 in Formula (P-2), which is preferably one of a vinyl group which is substituted at first and second positions, a phenylene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a P3τimidine ring, and a methylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8. RB5 and RB6 are a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and examples of the substituent group can include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group described as the substituent groups of RE21, in Formula. (P-2). However, YB1 is not connected to RB5 or RB6. nB1 and nB2 are an integer of 0 or 1.
Formula (P- 12) is now described.
The substituent groups representd by RD1, RD2, RD3, and RD4 are the same with the substituent groups representd by RB5 or RB6 in Formula (P-IO) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. nD1 and nD2 are an integer of 0 to 4. YD1 is a vinyl group which is substituted at first and second positions, a phenylene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a p5^imidine ring, or a methylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8.
Substituent group A in the present specification can be defined as follows in the following explanation of the compounds group.
(Substituent Group A) an alkyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl), an alkenyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include vinyl, aryl, 2-butenyl, and 3-pentenyl), an alkinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include propargyl and 3-pentinyl), an aryl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthranil), an amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon nuirϊber of 0 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 10, and examples of which can include amino, methyl amino, dimethyl amino, diethyl amino, dibenzyl amino, diphenyl amino, aaid ditolyl amino), an alkoxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and examples of which can include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2-ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxy, 1- naphtayloxy, and 2-naphthyloxy), and a heterocyclic oxy group (which has prefeiably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, p;yrimidyloxy, and quinolyloxy). An acyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, and pivaloyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl), an acyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetoxy and benzoylox^), an acyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples of which can include acetyl amino and benzoyl amino), an alkoxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and examples of which can include methoxycarbonyl amino), and an aryloxycarbonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples of which can include phenyloxycarbonyl amino).
A sulfonyl amino group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfonyl amino and benzene sulfonyl amino), a. sulfamoyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 0 to 12, and examples of which can include sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, and phenylsulfamoyl), a carbamoyl group (whibli has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include carbamoyl., methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl), an alkylthio group (whicfci has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, aaid most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio group (which has preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples of which can include phenylthio), a heterocyclic thio group (which has preferably a carbon nunxber of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon nυmbex of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include pyridylthio, 2-benzimizolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, and 2- benzthiazolylthio), and a sulfonyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, an<i examples of which can include mesyl and tosyl).
A sulfinyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more prefera_bly a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include methane sulfinyl and benzene sutfinyl), an ureido group (which has preferably a. carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include ureido, methylureido, and phenylureido), an amide phosphate group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3O, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples of which can include diethyl amide phosphate and phenyl amide phosphate), an hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a halogen atom (examples of which can include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), a cyano group, a sulfo group, s. carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic group, a sulfino group, a hydrazino group, an imino group, a heterocyclic group (which has preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 and more pr&ferably a carbon number of 1 to 12 and which includes, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as the hetero atom, examples of which can include imidazolyl, pyridyl, qn-inolyl, furyl, thienyl, piperidyl, morpholino, benzoxazolyl, benzirnidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, carbazol^l, and azepinyl), a silyl group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably s. carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples odf which can include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl), and a silyloxy group (which has preferably a carbon number of 3 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, and most preferably a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples of which can include methylsilyloxy andtriphenylsilyloxy). These substituent groups may be substituted again.
The groups of Substituent group A or the groups in Formulas (I), (II), (III), (TV), (HA), (HB), (HC) and (HD) described below (RP21, RP22, RP31, RP32, RP33, Rp41, RP42, RP51, RP52, RPS3, RPS4, RP55, RP56, RP61, and RP62 are preferably selected from the following group: an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 10, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, an amino group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an jaJkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, an aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, an acyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon nimmber of 2 to 20, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, an arylthio group having a. carbon number of 6 to 20, a sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group having a ring member number of 5 to 7.
The complex represented by Formula (I) is now described. In Formula (I), Z1 ancfi Z2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum. Q represents a 5-membered aromatic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom. L1 and L2 represent a single bond or a connection group, n represents 0 or 1.
Z1 and Z2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum. Z1 and Z2 are preferably one of pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, and triazine, more preferably pyridine, pyrazine, and pyrimidine, still more preferably pyridine and pyrazine, and most preferably a pyridine. Z1 and Z2 may be equal to or different from each other. Z1 and Z2 may have a substituent group selected from the groups of Substituent group A.
The substituent group which Z1 and Z2 may have is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, a sulfonyl group, a hydroxy! group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group.
Z1 and Z2 may form a condensed ring with another ring. Examples of the ring to be condensed can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
Z1 and Z2 are preferably one of a substituted or non-substituted pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, and a pyrimidine ring, more preferably one of a non-substituted pyridine ring and a pyrazine ring, and still more preferably a non-substituted pyridine ring.
Q represents a nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring having one or two nitrogen atoms. That is, Q represents a group forming the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring having one or two nitrogen atoms along with a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom expressed in Z^N-C-Pt (or Z2-N-C-Pt). Examples of Q can include (non-)substituted pyrrole, pyrazole, and imidazole. Q is preferably one of (non-)substituted pyrrole and pyrazole, more preferably (non-)substituted pyrazole, still more preferably pyrazole having a substituent group at the third position, still more preferably pyrazole having an alkyl group or a cyano group at the third position, and most preferably pyrazole having a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, or a cyano group.
Q may have a substituent group and the substituent group is the same with those of Substituent group A. The substituent group of Q is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and a cyano group, more preferably one of an alkyl group and a cyano group, and still more preferably one of a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, and a cyano group.
Q may form a condensed ring with another ring. Examples of the ring to be condensed can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring. L1 and L2 represent a single bond or a 2-valence connection group, n represents 0 or 1. n is preferably 0. That is, when n is 0, two Q's do not form a ring by means of bonding. The 2- valence connection group is not particularly limited, but preferably a connection group including a. carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a silicon atom. Specific examples of the 2-valence connection group are described below, but the present invention is not limited to the examples.
Figure imgf000068_0001
These connection groups may further have a substituent group and the substituent groups of Z1 and Z2 can be used as the substituent group to be introduced
L1 is preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, a diaryl methylene group, and diheteroaryl methylene group, more preferably one of a dimethyl methylene group and a diphenyl methylene group, and most preferably a dimethyl methylene group. L2 is preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, a diaryl methylene group, an ethylene group, a dialkyl ethylene group, a trialkyl ethylene group, a tetraalkyl ethylene group and a tetraaryl ethylene group, more preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, a diaryl methylene group, an ethylene group and a tetraalkyl ethylene group, more preferably one of a dialkyl methylene group, an ethylene group and a tetraalkyl ethylene group.
The complex represented by Formula (I) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (II). In Formula (II), Z1 and Z2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum. L1 represents a single bond or a 2- valence connection group. L1 is the same with that of Formula (I), and a preferable range thereof is also the same. R1"21 and RP22 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently, and the substituent group is the same with those of Substituent group A. RP21 and RP22 substituted with the same pyrazole ring may form a condensed ring by means of connection. RP22 may form a ring by bonding to RP22 substituted with another pyrazole.
RP21 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t- butyl group, and a cyano group, more preferably one of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, and a cyano group, and still more preferably one of a trifluoromethyl group, a t- butyl group, and cyano group.
RP22 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t- butyl group, a cyano group, and groups forming substituted or non-substituted methylene or ethylene by means of connection between RP22, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, and groups forming substituted or non-substituted methylene or ethylene by means of connection between R1"22, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom and groups forming substituted or non-substituted methylene or ethylene by means of connection between R1"22, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
The complex represented by Formula (I) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (III). In Formula (III), Z1 and Z2 represent a nitrogen-containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum. L1 represents a single bond or a 2- valence connection group. L1 is the same with that of Formula (I), and a preferable range thereof is also the same. RP31, RP32, and RP33 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently, and the substituent group is the same with those of Substituent group A. RP31 and RP32, and RP32 and RP33 may form a condensed ring by means of connection therebetween.
Examples of the condensed ring formed by connection between RP31 and RP32 and between RP32 and RP33 can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, and an isooxazole ring. Among them, a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring are preferable. The rings may be condensed with another ring.
RP31 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP32, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP32, and still more preferably one of a methyl group, a t- butyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP32.
RP32 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a group forming a condensed ring with RP31, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP33, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a group forming a condensed ring with RP31, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP33, and still more preferably one of a t-butyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP31.
RP33 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP32, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP32, and still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom and a group forming a condensed ring with RP32.
The complex represented by Formula (I) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (TV). Formula (TV) is described, hi Formula (IV), Z1 and Z2 represent a nitrogen- containing 6-membered aromatic ring of which a nitrogen atom coordinates with platinum. L1 represents a single bond or a 2-valence connection group. L1 is the same with that of Formula (I), and a preferable range thereof is also the same. RP41 and RP42 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, independently, and as the substituent group is used the substituent groups selected from the groups of Substituent group A. Rp41 and RP42 may form a condensed ring by means of connection therebetween. Examples of the condensed ring formed by connection between RP41 and RP42 can include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, and an isooxazole ring. Among them, a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring are preferable. The rings may be condensed with another ring.
RP41 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP42, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP42, and still more preferably one of a methyl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP42.
RP42 is preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP41, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP41, and still more preferably one of a methyl group, a cyano group, and a group forming a condensed ring with RP41. The complex represented by Formula (II) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IIA). Formula (HA) is described. In Formula (HA), L1 represents a single bond or a 2- valence connection group. L1 is the same with that of Formula (I)5 and a preferable range thereof is also the same. RP21, RP22, RP51, RP52, RP53, RP54, RP55, and RP56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. RP21 and RP22 are the same with those of Formula (E) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. RP51 to RP56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. The substituent groups represented by RP51 to RP56 are the same with those of Substituent group A. RP51 to RP5δ may form a condensed ring by means of connection therebetween.
RP51 and RP54 are preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, a sulfonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a pyridyl group, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a fluorine atom, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
RP53 and Rp56 have the same preferable ranges as those of RP51 and RP54
RP52 and RP55 are preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a dimethyl amino group, a diphenyl amino group, a methoxy group, and a carbazolyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
The complex represented by Formula (IIA) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IIB). Formula (HB) is described. In Formula (UB), RP21, RP22, RP51, RP52, Rp53, RP54, RP55, RP56, RPδl, and RP62 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. RP21 and RP22 are the same with those of Formula (II) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. RP51 to RP5δ are the same with those of Formula (DA) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. RP61 and RP62 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. The substituent groups represented by RPδl and RPδ2 are the same with those of Substituent group A. RPδl and RPδ2 are preferably one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a pyridyl group, still more preferably one of a methyl group, a phenyl group, and a pyridyl group, and most preferably a methyl group. The complex represented by Formula (ElB) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IIC). Formula (IIC) is described. In Formula (HC), RP21, RP22, RP51, RP52, RP53, RP54 5 RP55, and RP5S represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. RP21 and RP22 are the same with those of Formula (II) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. RP51 to RP56 are the same with those of Formula (ILA) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
The complex represented by Formula (IIC) is preferably a complex represented by Formula (IID). Formula (ItD) is described. In Formula (HD), RP51, RP52, RP53, RP54, RP55, and RP56 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent group. RP21 is a substituent group. RP51 to RP56 are the same with those of Formula (DA) and preferable ranges thereof are also the same. RP23 are the same with those of Substituent group A. RP21 is preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, a sulfonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a heterocyclic group, more preferably one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a sulfonyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, a perfiuoroaryl group, a sulfonyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a heterocyclic group, still more preferably one of a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a mesyl group, a tosyl group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a pyridyl group, still more preferably one of a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a cyano group, and still more preferably one of a t-butyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a cyano group.
In Formula (HD), RP51, RP53, RP54, and RP56 are all preferably a hydrogen atom.
Examples of the platinum complex which can be used for the electroluminescent device according to the present invention can include Compounds (1) to (6), Compounds (12) to (97), Compounds (138) to (140), Compounds (144) to (152), and Compounds (178) to (242) described in International Publication No. WO 2004/108859. Examples of compounds are further described below, but the present invention is not limited to the examples.
Figure imgf000073_0001
P-7 P-8 P-9
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000073_0003
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000074_0002
Figure imgf000075_0001
P-31 P-32 P-33
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000075_0003
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000077_0002
Figure imgf000078_0001
P-67 P-68 P-6
Figure imgf000078_0002
Figure imgf000078_0003
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0002
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000080_0002
Figure imgf000080_0003
Figure imgf000081_0001
P-103 P-104 P-105
Figure imgf000081_0002
P-106 P-107 P-108
Figure imgf000081_0003
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000082_0002
Figure imgf000082_0003
Figure imgf000083_0001
P-124 P-125 P-126
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000083_0003
P-130 P-131 P-132
Figure imgf000083_0004
P-133 P-134 P-135
Figure imgf000084_0001
P-136 P-137 P-138
Figure imgf000084_0002
P-139 P-140 P-141
Figure imgf000084_0003
P-142 P-143 P-144
Figure imgf000084_0004
P-145 P-146 P-147
Figure imgf000085_0001
P-148 P-149 P-150
Figure imgf000085_0002
Figure imgf000085_0003
P-154 P-155 P-156
Figure imgf000085_0004
Figure imgf000086_0001
P-160 P-161 P-162
Figure imgf000086_0002
Figure imgf000086_0003
P-166 P-167 P-168
Figure imgf000086_0004
P- 169 P-170 P-171
Figure imgf000087_0001
P- 172 P-173 P-174
Figure imgf000087_0002
P-175 P-176 P-177
Figure imgf000087_0003
Figure imgf000087_0004
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000088_0002
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000089_0002
Figure imgf000090_0001
P-211 P-212 P-213
Figure imgf000090_0002
Figure imgf000090_0003
P-217 P-218 P-219
Figure imgf000091_0001
P-220 P-221 P-222
Figure imgf000091_0002
Figure imgf000091_0003
P-225 P-226 P-227
Figure imgf000092_0001
P-228 P-229 P-230
Figure imgf000092_0002
P-231 P-232 P-233
Figure imgf000092_0003
P-234 P-235 P-236
Figure imgf000092_0004
P-237 P-238 P-239
Figure imgf000093_0001
P-243 P-244 P-245
Figure imgf000093_0002
P-246 P-247 P-248
Figure imgf000093_0003
P
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000094_0002
Figure imgf000095_0001
P
Figure imgf000095_0002
Figure imgf000095_0003
The ionization potential of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 5.8 eV to 6.3 eV, more preferably in the range of 5.95 eV to 6.25 eV, and most preferably in the range of 6.0 eV to 6.2 eV.
The electron mobility of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 1 x 10"6 cmVVs to 1 x 10"1 cm2/Vs, more preferably in the range of 5 x 10'6 cmVVs to 1 x 10'2 ciwVVs, still more preferably in the range of 1 x 10"5 cm2/Vs to 1 x 10"2 cmVVs, and most preferably in the range of 5 x 10"5 cm2/Vs to 1 x 10"2 cmVVs .
The hole mobility of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 1 x 10"6 cmz/Vs to 1 x 10"1 cmVVs, more preferably in the range of 5 x 10"6 crnVVs to 1 x 10"2 cm2/Vs, still more preferably in the range of 1 x 10"5 cnrVVs to 1 x 10~2 cm2/Vs, and most preferably in the range of 5 x 10"5 cm2/Vs to 1 x 10~2 cmYVs .
The glass transition point of the host material, the electron transporting material and the hole transporting material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 9O0C to 4000C3 more preferably in the range of 1000C to 3800C, still more preferably in the range of 12O0C to 3700C3 and most preferably in the range of 1400C to 3600C.
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the maximum wavelength of the emitted light is preferably in the range of 390nm to 495nm in view of blue color purity and more preferably in the range of 400nm to 490nm. The light emitting device according to the present invention may have the maximum wavelength of the emitted light in the range of 500nm and more and may be a white light emitting device.
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the x value of CBE chromaticity of the emitted light is preferably 0.22 or less in view of the blue color purity and more preferably 0.20 or less.
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the y value of CIE chromaticity of the emitted light is preferably in the range of 0.25 or less, more preferably 0.20 or less, and most preferably 0.15 or less.
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the half width of an emission spectrum is preferably lOOnm or less, more preferably is 90nm or less, still more preferably 80ntn or less, and most preferably 70nm or less.
The Ti level (energy level of the least triplet excited state) of the phosphorescent material (the compounds according to the present invention and/or phosphorescent material used therewith) which can be used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 60 Kcal/mol (251.4 KJ/mol) to 90 Kcal/mol (377.1 KJ/mol), more preferably in the range of 62 Kcal/mol (259.78 KJ/mol) to 85 Kcal/mol (356.15 KJ/mol), and most preferably in the range of 65 Kcal/mol (272.35 KJ/mol) to 80 Kcal/mol (335.2 KJ/mol).
The Ti level (energy level of the least triplet excited state) of the host material contained in the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 60 Kcal/mol (251.4 KJ/mol) to 90 Kcal/mol (377.1 KJ/mol), more preferably in the range of 62 Kcal/mol (259.78 KJ/mol) to 85 Kcal/mol (356.15 KJ/mol), and most preferably in the range of 65 Kcal/mol (272.35 KJ/mol) to 80 Kcal/αxol (335.2 KJ/mol).
The Ti level (energy level of the least triplet excited state) of the layer (such as the hole transporting layer, the electron transporting layer, the charge blocking layer, and the exciter blocking layer) adjacent to the light emitting layer is preferably in the range of 60 Kcal/mol (251.4 KJ/mol) to 90 Kcal/mol (377.1 KJ/mol), more preferably in the range of 62 Kcal/mol (259.78 KJ/mol) to 85 Kcal/mol (356.15 KJ/mol), and most preferably in the range of 65 Kcal/mol (272.35 KJ/mol) to 80 Kcal/mol (335.2 KJ/mol).
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the light extraction efficiency can be improved by a variety of known techniques. For example, by processing the surface shape of a substrate (for example, forming a micro uneven pattern), or controlling the refractive indexes of the substrate, the ITO layer, and the organic layer, or controlling the thickness of the substrate, the ITO layer, and the organic layer, the light extraction efficiency can be improved, thereby enhancing the external quantum efficiency.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention may be of a so- called top emission type which extracts the light from the positive electrode (see Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003-208109, 2003-248441, 2003-257651, anxl 2003-282261).
The material of the substrate used in the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include an inorganic material such as zirconia-stabilized yttrium and glass, poly ester such as poly ethyleneterephthalate, poly butylene terephthalate, and poly ethylene naphthalate, a high-molecular material such as poly ethylene, poly carbonate, poly ethersulfone, poly arylate, aryldiglycolcarbonate, poly imide, poly cycloolefin, norbornene resin, poly (chlorotrifluoro ethylene), Teflon (registered trademark), and poly tetrafluoro ethylene-poly ethylene copolymer.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention may contain a blue fluorescent compound. Alternatively, a multi-color light emitting device and a full color ligtrt emitting device may be manufactured by using a blue light emitting device containing a blue fluorescent compound and the light emitting device according to the present invention together.
In the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention, the host material contained in the light emitting layer may be a kind or two kinds or more.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention includes preferably a plurality of host materials in the light emitting layer in order to control the transport property of the hole and electron in the light emitting layer. As a plurality of host materials, a hole transporting host material excel in the hole transport property (hole transporting host) and an electron transporting host material excel in the electron transport property (electron transporting host) can be used in combination. Here, "excel in the hole transport property" or "excel in tire electron transport property" indicates the relative relationship of a plurality of the host materials used in combination, and indicates that one of the plurality of the host materials is superior to another in the hole transport property or the electron transport property.
When a compound according to the present invention is used as the host material in a, light emitting layer, and when a compound according to the present invention is superior in the electron transport property, the compound can be used in combination with a host material excel in the hole transport property. And when a compound according to the present invention is superior inttie hole transport property, the compound can be used in combination with a host material excel in the electron transport property. -Hole transporting host- As a hole transporting host used in a light emitting layer according to the present invention, publicly known hole transporting materials can be used. For example, the following materials can be exemplified; pyrrole, carbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, imidazole, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino substituted chalkone, styryl anthracene, fluorenone, hydrazine, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styryl amine compound, aromatic dimethylidene compound, porphyrin compound, polysilane compound, poly(N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer, thiophene oligomer, conductive polymer oligomer such as polythiophene, organic silane, carbon film, and their derivatives. Among them, carbazole derivative, aromatic tertiary amine compound, thiophene derivative are preferred, particularly, those having a plurality of carbazole skeletons and/or aromatic tertiary amine akeltones in their molecules are preferred. -Electron transporting host- As an electron transporting host used in a light emitting layer according to the present invention, publicly known electron transporting materials can be used. For example, the following materials can be exemplified; pyridine, pyrimidine, triazine, imidazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, fluoreneone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, diphenylquinone, thiopyrandioxide-, carbodiimide, fluorenylidene methane, distyryl pyradine, fluorine substituted aromatic compound, heterocyclic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride such as naphthaleneperylene, phthalocyanine, ancl their derivatives (which may form a condensed ring with other ring) and a variety of metal complerxes represented by a metal complex of 8-quinolinol derivative, metal phthalocyanine or a metal salt which has benzoxazole or benzothiazole as ligand.
An electron transporting host is preferably metal complex, azole derivative (benzimidazole derivative, imidazopyridine derivative), azine derivative (pyridine derivative, pyrimidine derivative, triazine derivative). Among them, with respect to the durability, metal complex is preferred in the present invention. A metal complex has a ligand containing at least one of nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom coordinating with a metal. A metal ion in a metal complex is not especially limited, but preferably beryllium ion, magnesium ion, aluminium ion, gallium ion, zinc ion, indium ion or tin ion, more preferably beryllium ion, aluminium ion, gallium ion or zinc ion, still more preferably aluminium ion or zinc ion.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention has preferably a layer containing a compound with an ionization potential of 5.9 eV or more (more preferably 6.0 eV or more) between the negative electrode and the light emitting layer, and more preferably the electron transporting layer with an. ionization potential of 5.9 eV or more.
The method of forming the organic layer containing the compounds according to the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include a resistance heating deposition method, an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a molecule deposition method, a coating method (such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, an impregnation method, a. roll coating method, a gravure coating method, a reverse coating method, a roll brush method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method, a flow coating method, a bar coating method, a micro gravure coating method, an air doctor coating method, a blade coating method, a squeeze coating method, a transfer roll coating method, a kiss coating method, a. cast coating method, an extrusion coating method, a wire-bar coating method, and a screen coating method), an inkjet method, a printing method, an LB method, and a transfer method. Among them, the resistance heating deposition method, the coating method, and the transfer method are more preferable in view of characteristics and manufacturing thereof. The layer containing the compounds according to the present invention is formed on a substrate by the use of any one method described above, but the thickness thereof is not particularly limited. The thickness is preferably IOnm or more and more preferably in the range of 50nm to 5μm.
The concentration of the transition metal complex contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably equal to or less than that of the host material which is a main component thereof, more preferably in the range of 0.1 mass% to 50 mass%, still more preferably in the range of 0.2 mass% to 30 mass%, still more preferably in the range of 0.3 mass%E> to 20 mass%, and most preferably in the range of 0.5 mass% to 10 mass%. (In this specification, mass ratio is equal to weight ratio.)
The positive electrodes serves to supply holes to the hole injecting layer, the hole transporting layer, and the light emitting layer, and may be made of metal, alloy, metal oxide, electrical conductive compound, or mixtures thereof. Among them, the material having a work function of 4 eV or more is preferable. Specific examples of the material can include conductive metal oxide such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, and indium-tin oxide (ITO), metal such as gold, silver, chromium, and nickel, a mixture or stacked material of the metal and the conductive metal oxide, an inorganic conductive material such as copper iodide and copper sulfide, an organic conductive material such as poly aniline, poly thiophene, and poly pyrrole, and a stacked material of the materials and ITO. The conductive metal oxide is preferable and ITO is more preferable in view of productivity, high conductivity, an.d transparency. The thickness of the positive electrode can be properly selected depending upon tfcie materials, but is preferably in the range of lOnm to 5 urn, more preferably in the range of 50nm to lμm, and most preferably in the range of lOOnm to 500nm.
The positive electrode is generally used in the state that it is formed on a soda lime glass substrate, an alkali-free glass substrate, a transparent resin substrate, or the like. When a glass substrate is used, the material thereof is preferably the alkali-free glass so as to reduce the ions eluted from the glass. When the soda lime glass substrate is used, it is preferable that a barrier coating process with silica is performed thereto. The thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited so long as it is enough to maintain the mechanical strength thereof, but when the glass substrate is used, the thickness of the substrate is preferably 0.2mm or more and more preferably 0.7mm or more.
A variety of methods can be used to manufacture the positive electrode. For example, when the positive electrode is made of ITO, the positive electrode is formed as a film by the use of an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a resistance heating deposition method, a chemical reaction method )a sol-gel method), or a method of coating a material in which indium-tin oxide is dispersed.
By performing a cleaning process or other processes to the positive electrode, the driving voltage of the device can be decreased or tiie light emission efficiency thereof can be increased. For example, when the positive electrode is made of ITO, UV-ozone processing or plasma processing is advantageous.
The negative electrode serves to supply electrons to the electron injecting layer, the electron transporting layer, and the light emitting layer, and the material of the negative electrode is selected in consideration of the adhesion, to a layer contacting the negative electrode, such as the electron injecting layer, the electron transporting layer, and the light emitting layer, the ionization potential, and the stability. Examples of th.e material of the negative electrode can include metal, alloy, metal halide, metal oxide, conductive compounds, and mixtures thereof. The specific examples of the material can include alkali metal (such as Li, Na, and K) and fluoride or oxide thereof, alkali earth metal (such as Mg and Ca) and fluoride or oxide thereof, gold, silver, plumbum, aluminum, sodium-potassium alloy or mixture, lithium-aluminum alloy or mixture, magnesium-silver alloy or mixture, and rare earth metal such as indium and yttrium. Among them, the materials having a work function of 4 eV or less are preferable, and aluminum, lithium- aluminum alloy or mixture, and magnesium-silver alloy or mixture are more preferable. The negative electrode may have a single-layered structure of the compound and the mixture described above, or may have a multi-layered structure including the compounds and the mixtures described above. A multi-layered structure such as aluminum/hthium fluoride and aluminum/lithium oxide is preferable. The thickness of the negative electrode can be properly selected depending upon, the materials, but is preferably in the range of IOnm to 5μm, more preferably in the range of 5θ3im to lμm, and most preferably in the range of lOOnm to lμm.
The electron beam method, the sputtering method, the resistance heating deposition method, the coating method, the transfer method, or the like can be used to manufacture the negative electrode. Two or more metals can be simultaneously deposited as simplexes. In addition, an alloy electrode may be formed by simultaneously depositing a plurality of metals and an alloy adjusted in advance may be deposited.
The sheet resistances of the positive electrode and the negative electrode are prefera-tly low and more preferably several hundreds or less Ω/D.
The light emitting layer may be made of any material as long as it has a function of injecting holes from the positive electrode, the hole injecting layer, or the hole transporting layer at the time of application of a voltage and injecting electrons from the negative electrode, the electron injecting layer, or the electron transporting layer, a function of moving the injected charge carriers, or a function of providing a place for re-coupling the holes and the electrons to emit light. Examples of the material for the light emitting layer can include a variety of metal complexes such as a rare earth complex or a metal complex of benzooxazole, benzoimidazole, benzothiazole=3 styrylbenzene, polyphenyl, diphenyl butadiene, tetraphenyl butadiene, naphthalimide, coumaLrin, perylene, perignon, oxadiazole, aldazine, pyrazine, cyclopentadiene, bisstyrylanthracene, quinacridone, pyrrolopyridine, thiadiazoropyridine, styrylamine, aromatic dimethylidine compound, and 8-quinolinol, polymer compounds such as poly thiophene, poly phenylene, aaid poly phenylene vinylene, transition metal complexes such as organic silane, iridium trisphenylpyridine complexes, and platinum forpyrine complexes, and derivatives thereof.
The light emitting material contained in a light emitting layer may be a single or two or more kinds different from each other.
The thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of lnm to 5μm, more preferably in the range of 5nm to lμm, and most preferably in tfcie range of IOnm to 500nm.
The method of forming the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably one of the resistance heating deposition method, the electron beam method, the sputtering method, the molecule deposition method, the coating method, the inkjet method, the printing method, "the LB method, and the transfer method, and more preferably one of the resistance heating deposition method and the coating method.
The light emitting layer may be made of a single compound, or may be made of a plurality of compounds. The light emitting layer may have a single layer or a plurality of layers. In this case, the respective layers may emit light of different colors to emit, for example, white light. The single-layered light emitting layer may emit the white light. When the light emitting layer includes a plurality of layers, the respective layers may be made of a single compound or may be made of a plurality of compounds.
Further, in order to enhance the light emitting efficiency and improve the durability, the same light emitting materials as contained in a light emitting material can be preferably contained in a layer adjacent to the positive electrode side of the light emitting layer or a layer adjacent to the negative electrode side of the light emitting layer. Thereby, it is assumed that the charges retained in the positive electrode side's interface or the negative electrode side's interface of a light emitting layer can be effectively used for light emitting. hi addition, the present invention can employ a constitution where an energy transfer from triplet exciton to singlet exciton is used. For example, as described in JPA-2005-190949, a light emitting layer may contain a compound that emits fluorescence when a voltage is applied and a compound that has a function of amplifying a light emitting intensity during the application of a voltage by increasing the number of singlet exciton generated during the application of a voltage.
The materials of the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer may have any one of a function of injecting holes from the positive electrode, a function of transporting holes, and a function of blocking electrons injected from the negative electrode. Specific examples thereof can include a conductive high-molecular oligomer such as carbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, imidazole, poly arylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino- substibuted chalcone, styrylanthracene, fluorenone, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic third- degree amine compound, styryl amine compound, aromatic JIMECHIRI DIN compound, porphyrin compound, poly silane compound, poly(N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer, thiophene oligomer, and poly thiophene, an organic silane, a carbon film, the compounds according to the present invention, and derivatives thereof. The thickness of the hole injecting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of lnm to 5μm, more preferably in the range of lnm to lOOnm, and most preferably in the range of lnm to lOnm. The thickness of the hole transporting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of lnm to 5μm, more preferably in the range of 5nm to 1 μm, and most preferably in the range of lOnm to 500nm. The hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer may have a single-layered structure including one or two or more kinds of the above-mentioned materials, or may have a multi-layered structure including a plurality of layers with a composition of like or different kinds.
When the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer are multi-layered structures, assuming that an ionization potential of a light emitting layer is IpO, of the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer, an ionization potential of a layer adjacent to a light emitting layer is IpI, an ionization potential of a layer located in n-th position, from a light emitting layer side is Ipn, the relation represented by the following numeral formula (1) is preferably satisfied with respect to the low-voltage driving. Numeral formula (1): IpO > IpI > Ip2 >— > Ipn-1 > Ipn (n represents an integer of 2 or more.)
In the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer of an organic EL device according to the present invention, an electron receptive dopant can be contained. As an electron receptive dopant introduced into the hole injecting layer or tke hole transporting layer, inorganic compounds or organic compounds may be used as long as they are electron receptive and have a property of oxidizing an organic compound.
In particular, inorganic compounds include metal halide, such as ferric chloride, aluminum chloride, gallium chloride, indium chloride and antimony perrtachloride, and metal oxide, such as vanadium pentoxide, molybdic anhydride.
When the electron receptive dopant is an organic compound, compound having nitro group, halogen, cyano group or trifluoromethyl group etc. as substituent, quinone compound, acid anhydride compound and fullerene can be preferably used.
In addition to the above, compounds described in JP^A-06-212153, JPA-11-111463, JPA- 11-251067, JPA-2000-196140, JPA-2000-286054, JPA-20O O-315580, JPA-2001-102175, JPA- 2001-160493, JPA-2002-252085, JPA-2002-56985, JPA-2003-157981, JPA-2003-217862, JPA- 2003-229278, JPA-2004-342614, JPA-2005-72012, JPA-2005-166637, JPA-2005-029643 can be preferably used.
These electron receptive dopants can be used solely or in two or more kinds. Amount of the electron receptive dopant varies with the type of materials, however it is preferably 0.01 mass% to 50 mass%, more preferably 0.05 mass% to 2 O mass%, particularly more preferably 0.1 mass% to 10 mass% with respect to the hole transporting layer materials. The vacuum deposition method, the LB method, the coating method using the material of the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer dissolved or dispersed in. a solvent, the inkjet method, the printing method, or the transfer method can be used to form the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer. When the coating method is used, the material can be dissolved or dispersed along with a resin component. Examples of the resin component can include poly vinyl chloride, poly carbonate, poly styrene, poly methlymethacrylate, poly fcmtylmethacrylate, poly ester, poly sulfon, poly phenyleneoxide, poly butadiene, poly (N-vinylcaarbazole), hydrocarbon resin, ketone resin, phenoxy resin, poly amide, ethyl cellulose, vinyl acetate, ABS resin, poly urethane, melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, and silicon resin.
The materials for the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer may have any one of a function of injecting electrons from the negative electrode, a function of transporting electrons, and a function of blocking holes injected from the positive electrode. Specific examples thereof can include a variety of metal complexes such as metal complexes of aromatic tetracarbonic acid anhydride such as triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, imidazole-, fluorenone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, diphenyl quinone, thiopyrandioxide, carbodimide, fluorenyhdene methane, distyrylpyrazine, naphthalene, and perylene, metal complexes of ptthalocyanine and 8- quinolinol, and metal complexes having metal phthalocyanine, benzooxazole., or benzothiazole as a ligand, organic silane, and derivatives thereof. The thickness of the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer are not particularly limited, but are preferably in the range of lnm to 5μm, more preferably in the range of 5nm to lμm, and most preferably in the range of lOnm to 500nm. The electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer may liave a single-layered structure including one or two or more kinds of the above-mentioned materials, or may have a multi-layered structure including a plurality of layers with a composition of l±ke or different kinds.
When the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer axe multi-layered structures, assuming that an electron affinity of a light emitting layer is EaO, an electron affinity of the electron, transporting layer adjacent to a light emitting layer is EaI, an electron affinity of the electron transporting layer located in n-th position from a light emitting layer side is Earn, the relation represented by the following numeral formula (2) is preferably satisfied with respect to the low-voltage driving. Numeral formula (2): EaO < EaI < Ea2 <•••< Eam-1 < Earn (m represents an integer of 2 or more.)
The electron injecting layer or the electron transporting layer of an oxganic EL device according to the present invention, an electron donating dopant can be contained. As an electron donating dopant introduced into the electron injecting layer or the electron transporting layer, those having properties of electron donating ability and reducing organic compounds can be used. For example, aLkaline metals such as Li, alkali earth metals such as Mg, transition metals including rare earth metals, and reductive organic compounds, etc are preferably used. As -the metals, metals which have work function of 4.2eV or below are preferable, in particular Li, "Na, K, Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Y, Cs, La, Sm, Gd and Yb, etc are exemplified. As the reductive organic compounds, nitrogen-containing compound, sulfur-containing compound and phosphor-containing compound are exemplified.
In addition to the above, materials described in JPA-06-212153, JPA^-2000-196140, JPA- 2003-68468, JPA-2003-229278, JPA-2004-342614, etc. can be preferably u_sed.
These electron donating dopants can be used solely or in two or more kinds.
Amount of the electron donating dopant varies with the type of materials, however it is preferably 0.01 mass% to 99 mass%, more preferably 1.0 mass% to 80 mass%, particularly more preferably 2.0 mass% to 70 mass% with respect to the electron transporting layer materials. The vacuum deposition method, the LB method, the coating method using the material of the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, the inkjet method, the printing method, or the transfer method can be used to form the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer. When the coating method is used, the material can be dissolved or dispersed along with a resin component. Examples of the resin componeπet can include the materials exemplified for the hole injecting layer and the hole transporting layer.
A material of the protective layer may have a function of preventing a material of promoting device deterioration such as moisture and oxygen from entering the device. Specific examples thereof can include metal such as In, Sn, Pb, Au, Cu, Ag, Al, Ti, and Ni, metal oxide such as MgO, SiO, SiO2, Al2O3, GeO, NiO, CaO, BaO, Fe2O3, Y2O3, and TiO2, metal fluoride such as MgF2, LiF, AlF3, and CaF2, nitride such as SiNx and SiOxNy, poly ethylene, poly propylene, poly methylrnethacrylate, poly imide, poly urea, poly tetrafluoroethylene, poly chlorotrifluoroehtylene, poly dichlorodifluoroethylene, a copolymer of chlorotrifluoroethylene and dichlorodifluoroethylene, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing tetrafluoroethylene and monomer mixture including at least one kind of co-monomer, fluorine-containing copolymer having a cyclic structure in a copolymer main chain, a water absorbing material having a water absorption rate of 1% or more, and a moisture-resistant material having a water absorption rate of 0.1% or less. The method of forming the protective layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof can include the vacuum deposition method, the sputtering method, the reactive spattering method, an MBE (molecular beam epitaxy) method, a cluster ion beam method, an ion plating method, a plasma polymerization method (high-frequency excited ion plating method), a plasma CVD method, a laser CVD method, a thermal CVD method, a gas source CVD method, the coating method, the printing method, and the transfer method.
La an organic EL device according to the present invention, a charge generating layer may be provided between a plurality of light emitting layers in order to enhance the light emitting efficiency.
The charge generating layer has a function of generating charges (hole and electron) during the application of a voltage, in addition, it has a function of injecting the generated charges into a layer adjacent to the charge generating layer.
Any materials can be used for the material which forms the charge generating layer as long as they have above mentioned functions. The material may be formed by single compound or a plurality of compounds. In particular, those having conductive property, those having semi- conductive property as a doped organic layer or those having electrical insulating property may be used. Materials described in JPA-11-329748, JPA-2003-272860 or JPA-2004-39617 are exemplified.
In more particular, transparent conductive material such as ITO or IZO (indium zin oxxide), organic conductive material such as fullerene, for example C60, or oligo thiopherie, organic conductive material such as metal phthalocyanin, non-metal phthalocyanin, metal porphyrin or non-metal porphyrin, metal material such as Ca, Ag, Al, alloy of Mg: Ag, alloy of Al:Li or alloy of Mg:Li, hole conductive material, electron conductive material and mixture thereof can be used.
As the hole conductive material, for example, hole transporting organic material such as 2- TNATA or NPD in which oxidizing agent having electron extracting property such as F4-TCNQ, TCNQ, FeCL3 is doped, P-type conductive polymer or P-type semiconductor are exemplified. As the electron conductive material, electron transporting organic material in which metal or metal compound having a work function of less than 4.OeV is doped, N-type conductive polymer or N- type semiconductor are exemplified. N-type semiconductor includes N-type Si, N-type Cds and N- type Zns etc. and P-type semiconductor includes P-type Si, P-type CdTe and P-type Cuo etc. Electrical insulating materials such as V2O5 can be used as the charge generating; layer.
The cliarge generating layer may be single layer or a plurality of laminated layers. As constitutions of a plurality of laminated layers, a constitution in which a material having conductive property such as transparent conductive material and metal material, and a hole conductive material or a electron conductive material are laminated, and a constitution in which the hole conductive material and the electron conductive material are laminated are exemplified.
The thickness and materials of the charge generating layer are preferably selected whereby the charge generating layer has 50% or more transmittance of visible light in general. The thickness thereof is not especially limited, but it is preferably 0.5 to 200nm, more preferably 1 to lOOnm, still more preferably 3 to 50nm and particularly more preferably 5 to 30nm.
The method for forming a charge generating layer is not especially limited. The above mentioned method for forming an organic compound layer can be employed.
Although the charge generating layer is constituted between the two or imore layers of light emitting layers, a cathode and an anode side of the charge generating layer may include materials which have a function of injecting charges into layers adjacent to the charge generating layer.
In order to enhance the injection property of electrons into the layer adjacent to the cathode side, it is preferred that electron injecting compounds, such as BaO, SrO, Li2O, LiCl, LiF, MgF2, MgO and CaP2 are laminated on the cathode side of the charge generating layer.
Li addition to the content described above, it is possible to select materials for the charge generating layer, based on the descriptions of JPA-2003-45676, US Patent No.6337492, US Patent No.6107734 and US Patent No.6872472 etc.
The applications of the organic electroluminescent device according to trαe present invention are not particularly limited, but it may be used very suitably in the fields such as display devices, displays, backlights, electronic photographs, lighting light sources, recorrding light sources, exposing light sources, reading light sources, signboards, interiors, optical communications. The compounds according to the present invention represented by ForEtmlas (1) to (5) can be used for medical applications, fluorescent brightening agents, photograph materials, UV absorbing materials, laser pigments, recording medium materials, inkjet pigments, color filter pigments, color-changing filters, and the like.
Example
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described below. Synthesis of Compound (184)
Figure imgf000107_0001
Imidazolium salt-1 Compound (184)
In the flow of nitrogen, potassium hexamethyldisilazid (1.55g; 7.4 mmol) was added to a toluene (200ml) suspended liquid of imidazolium salt-1 (2.64g; 7.4 mmol), iridium (I) cfcrnloride 1, and 5-cyclooctadiene complex dimer (0.62g; 0.92 mmol) at a room temperature, and the mixture solution was heated and stirred in reflux for 15 hours. Then, the mixture solution was cooled to the room temperature. Thereafter, the solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was refined by the use of silica gel column chromatography (hexane/chloroform = 1/1), obtaining pcrwders. The obtained powders were melted in chloroform and hexane was added thereto for crystallization, thereby obtaining Compound (184) of 1.17g. The yield was 64%. Here, 1H-NMR(CDCl3) 300MHz : δ 8.11 (d, 3H), 7.92 (d, 3H), 7.20 - 7.30 (m, 6H), 7.09 (dd, 3H), 6.98 (dd, 3H-), 6.66 - 6.78 (m, 9H), 6.53 (d, 3H), 6.40 (d, 3H), 6.20 - 6.30 (m, 6H). Synthesis of Compound (185)
Figure imgf000107_0002
Imidazolium salt-2 fac-body/mer-body mixture fac-body Compound (185) In the flow of nitrogen, potassium hexamethyldisilazid (2.5Og; 11.9 mtnol) was added to a xylene (300ml) suspended liquid of imidazolium salt-2 (4.0Og; 11.9 mmol), indium (I) chloride 1, and 5 -cyclooctadiene complex dimer (l.l lg; 1.65 mmol) at a room temperature, and the mixture solution was heated and stirred in reflux for 6 hours. Then, the mixture solution was cooled to the room temperature. Thereafter, the solvent was removed by evaporation, and the residue was refined by the use of silica gel column chromatography (hexane/chloroform = 1/1), obtaining powders of 1.16g. The obtained powders of 0.84g were added to glycerol (10ml) and were stirred in the reflux of nitrogen for 10 hours. After cooling to the room temperature, methanol (30nύL) was added to the reaction solution and powders were extracted therefrom and filtered. The powdecrs were melted in chloroform and hexane was added thereto for crystallization, thereby obtaining Compound (185) of 0.77g. The yield was 29%. Here, 1H-NMR(CDCl3) 300MHz : δ 8.13 (A, 3H), 7.86 (d, 3H), 7.11 - 7.35 (m, 9H), 7.07 (dd, 3H), 6.73 (dd, 3H), 6.64 (d, 3H), 3.27 (s, 9H). Synthesis of Compound (208)
Figure imgf000108_0001
Imidazolium salt-1 Compound (208)
In the flow of nitrogen, potassium hexamethyldisilazid (3.84g; 18.3 mmol) was added, to a mesitylene (200ml) suspended liquid of imidazolium salt-1 (6.55g; 18.3 mmol), indium (I) chloride 1, and 5 -cyclooctadiene complex dimer (LOOg; 2.02 mmol) at a room temperature, acid the mixture solution was heated and stirred in reflux for 15 hours. Then, the mixture solution wa-s cooled to the room temperature. Thereafter, the solvent was removed by evaporation, and th& residue was refined by the use of silica gel column chromatography (hexane/chloroform = 1/1 ), obtaining Compound (208) of 1.04g as solid. The yield was 29%. Here, 1H-ISIMR(CDCl3) 300MHz : δ 8.12 (d, 3H), 7.92 (d, 3H), 7.20 - 7.30 (m, 6H), 6.97 - 7.12 (m, 6H)5 6.65 - 6.81 (m, 9H), 6.44 - 6.53 (m, 6H), 6.19 - 6.30 (m, 6H). [Comparative Example 1]
A cleaned ITO substrate is placed into a vapor deposition apparatus and is coated with copper phthalocyanine with a thickness of lOnm. NPD(N,N'-di-α-naphthyl-N,N'-diphenyl- benzidine) is deposited thereon with a thickness of 40nm. Ir(ppy)3 and CBP(4,4-N,N' dicarbazole- biphenyl) are deposited on the resultant structure with a ratio (mass ratio) of 5:95 with a thickness of 30nm. BAIq is deposited thereon with a thickness of lOnm, and then AIq (tris(8- hydroxyquinoline) aluminum complex) is deposited thereon with a thickness of 30nm. Thereafter, by installing a patterned mask (light-emitting area of 4mmx5mm) on the resultant organic thin film, depositing lithium fluoride thereon with a thickness of 3nm, and then depositing aluminum thereon with a thickness of lOOnm, an EL device is manufactured. As a result of applying a DC steady voltage to the EL device to emit light by the use of Source Measure Unit 2400 made by Toyo Corporation, the green light could be obtained.
Figure imgf000109_0001
•r(ppy)3
[Example 1]
By using Compound (1) according to the present invention instead of Ir(ppy)3 in the light emitting device according to Comparative Example 1, a device is manufactured similarly to Comparative Example 1. The resultant device could be decreased to a half in the number of dark; spots generated in comparison with the device according to Comparative Example 1, thereby reducing the driving voltage for allowing current of 1 mA to flow in the EL device. [Example 2]
By using Ir(ppy)3, CBP(4,4-N,N' dicarbazole-biphenyl), and Compound (113) according to the present invention with a ratio (mass ratio) of 5:70:25, instead of Ir(ppy)3 and CBP(4,4-N,N' dicarbazole-biphenyl) in the light emitting device according to Comparative Example 1, a device ds manufactured similarly to Comparative Example 1. The resultant device could be decreased to a. half in the number of dark spots generated in comparison with the device according to ComparatrΛre Example 1, thereby reducing the driving voltage for allowing current of 1 mA to flow in the EL device. [Example 3] By using Ir(ppy)3 and Compound (184) according to the present invention with a ratio (mass ratio) of 1:2, instead of Ir(ppy)3 and CBP(4,4-N,N' dicarbazole-biphenyl) in the light emitting device according to Comparative Example 1, a device is manufactured similarly to Comparative Example 1. The resultant device could be decreased to a half in the number of dark spots generated in comparison with the device according to Comparative Example 1, thereby reducing the driving voltage for allowing current of 1 mA to flow in the EL device. [Comparative Example A-O]
A cleaned ITO substrate was placed into a vapor deposition apparatus and NPD ((N,N'-di- α-naphthyl-N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine) was deposited thereon as a hole transporting layer with a thickness of lOnm. Ir(ppy)3 as a light emitting material and CBP (4,4-N,N'-dicarbazolbiphenyl) as a host material were deposited on the resultant structure at a ratio (mass ratio) of 5:95 with a thickness of 30nm and BAIq was deposited thereon as an electron transporting layer with a thickness of 40nm. Thereafter, a patterned mask (of which the light emitting area is 4mmx5mm) was placed on the obtained organic thin film, lithium fluoride was deposited thereon with a thickness of about lnm, and then aluminum was co-deposited thereon with a thickness of lOOnm, thereby manufacturing an EL device. As a result of applying a DC steady voltage to the EL device to emit light by the use of Source measure unit 2400 made by Toyo Corporation, green light resulting from Ir(ppy)3 could be obtained. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 2000cd/m2 is shown in Table 1.
Figure imgf000110_0001
2-TNATA
Figure imgf000110_0002
BAIq
[Example A-I] By using Compound (5) according to the present invention instead of the hole transporting layer NPD in the EL device according to Comparative Example A-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example A-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 2000cd/m2 is shown in Table 1. [Example A-2]
By using Compound (185) according to the present invention instead of the hole transporting layer NPD in the EL device according to Comparative Example A-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example A-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 2000cd/m2 is shown in Table 1. [Example A-3]
By using Compound (208) according to the present invention instead of the hole transporting layer NPD in the EL device according to Comparative Example A-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example A-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 2000cd/m2 is shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Driving voltage and EL external quantum yield of the obtained devices at 2000cd/m2
Figure imgf000111_0001
As can be seen apparently from Table 1, the EL devices using the compounds according to the present invention as the hole transporting layer exhibit relatively high light emission efficiency in comparison with the EL device according to the comparative example, and the voltage values with the same brightness are equal to or smaller than that of the EL device according to Comparative Example A-O from the view point of improvement in light emission efficiency. [Comparative Example B-O]
A cleaned ITO substrate was placed into a vapor deposition apparatus, 2-TNATA was deposited thereon as a hole injecting layer with a thickness of 140nm. NPD ((N,N'-di-α-naphthyl- N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine) was deposited thereon as a hole transporting layer with a thickness of 7nm. Carbazole .derivative (1) was deposited thereon as a hole injection promoting layer with a thickness of 3nm. Firpic as a light emitting material and mCP as a host material were deposited on the resultant structure at a ratio (mass ratio) of 8:92 with a thickness of 30nm and BAIq was deposited thereon as an electron transporting layer with a thickness of 40nm. Thereafter, a patterned mask (of which the light emitting area is 4mmx5mm) was placed on the obtained organic thin film, lithium fluoride was deposited thereon with a thickness of about lnm, and then aluminum was co-deposited thereon with a thickness of lOOnm, thereby manufacturing an EL device. As a result of applying a DC steady voltage to the EL device to emit light by the use of Source measure unit 2400 made by Toyo Corporation, blue-green light resulting from Firpic could be obtained. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 600cd/m2 is shown in Table 2.
Figure imgf000112_0001
2-TNATA
Figure imgf000112_0002
Carbazole derivative (1)
Figure imgf000112_0003
[Example B-I]
By using Compound (5) according to the present invention instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer in the EL device according to Comparative Example B-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example B-O. An EL external quantum, yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 600cd/m2 is sliown in Table 2. [Example B-2]
By using Compound (185) according to the present invention instead of NTD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer in the EL device according to Comparative Example B-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example B-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 600cd/m2 is sliown in Table 2. [Example B-3]
By using Compound (208) according to the present invention instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer in the EL device according to Comparative Example B-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example B-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 600cd/m2 is shown in Table 2.
Table 2: Driving voltage and EL external quantum yield of the obtained devices at 600cd/m2
Figure imgf000113_0001
As can be seen apparently from Table 2, the EL devices using the compounds according to the present invention as the hole transporting layer exhibit relatively high light emission efficiency in comparison with the EL device according to the comparative example, and the voltage values with the same brightness are equal to or smaller than that of the EL device according to Comparative Example B-O from the view point of impπrvement in light emission efficiency. [Comparative Example C-O]
A cleaned ITO substrate was placed into a vapor deposition apparatus, 2-TNATA was deposited thereon as a hole injecting layer with a thickness of 140nm. NPD ((N,N'-di-α-naphthyl- N,N'-diphenyl)-benzidine) was deposited thereon as a hole transporting layer with a thickness of 7nm. Carbazole derivative (1) was deposited thereon as a hole injection promoting layer with a thickness of 3nm. Compound (P-2) as a light emitting material (P-2) and mCP as a host material were deposited on the resultant structure at a ratio (mass ratio) of 15:85 with a thickness of 30nm and BAIq was deposited thereon as an electron transporting layer with a thickness of 40nm. Thereafter, a patterned mask (of which the light emitting area is 4mmx5mm) was placed on the obtained organic thin film, lithium fluoride was deposited, thereon with a thickness of about lnm, and then aluminum was co-deposited thereon with a thickness of lOOnm, thereby manufacturing an EL device. As a result of applying a DC steady voltage to the EL device to emit light by the use of Source measure unit 2400 made by Toyo Corporation, blue light resulting from the light emitting material (P-2) could be obtained. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is shown in Table 3.
Figure imgf000114_0001
Carbazole derivative (!)
2-TNATA
Figure imgf000114_0002
Light emitting material (P-2)
BAIq
[Example C-I]
By depositing Compound (5) according to the present invention with a thickness of IOnm instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer and Car"bazole derivative 1 of 3 nm as the hole injection promoting layer 1 in the EL device according to Comparative Example C-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example C-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is shown in Table 3. [Example C-2]
By depositing Compound (185) according to the present invention with a thickness of IOnm instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer and Carbazole derivative 1 of 3 nm as the hole injection promoting layer 1 in the EL device accordήxg to Comparative Example C-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example C-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is shown in Table 3. [Example C-3]
By depositing Compound (208) according to the present invention with a thickness of IOnm instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer and Carbazole derivative 1 of 3 nm as the hole injection promoting layer 1 in the EL device accordirtg to Comparative Example C-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example C-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is shown in Table 3. [Example C-4]
By depositing Compound (5) according to the present invention and Carbazole derivative 1 at a ratio (mass ratio) of 70:30 with a thickness of lOnm instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer and Carbazole derivative 1 of 3 nm as the hole injection promoting layer 1 in the EL device according to Comparative Example C-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example C-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is shown in Table 3. [Example C-5]
By depositing Compound (185) according to the present invention and Carbazole derivative 1 at a ratio (mass ratio) of 70:30 with a thickness of lOnm instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer and Carbazole derivative 1 of 3 nnα as the hole injection promoting layer 1 in the EL device according to Comparative Example C-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example C-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is sliown in Table 3. [Example C-6]
By depositing Compound (208) according to the present invention and Carbazole derivative 1 at a ratio (mass ratio) of 70:30 with a thickness of lOnm instead of NPD of 7nm as the hole transporting layer and Carbazole derivative 1 of 3 nm as the hole injection promoting layer 1 in the EL device according to Comparative Example C-O, an EL device was manufactured similarly to Comparative Example C-O. An EL external quantum yield calculated from the driving voltage and the front brightness of the EL device at 400cd/m2 is slaown in Table 3.
Table 3: Driving voltage and EL external quantum yield of the obtained devices at 400cd/m2
Figure imgf000115_0001
As can be seen apparently from Table 3, the EL devices employing the hole injection promoting layer combined with the hole injecting layer containing the compounds according to the present invention exhibit relatively high light emission efficiency in comparison with the EL device according to the comparative example, and the voltage values with the same brightness are equal to or smaller than that of the EL device according to Comparative Example C-O from the view point of improvement in light emission efficiency.
As described above with reference to the comparative examples and the examples, the organic EL device using the compounds according to the present invention, as an adjacent layer can realize light emission with high efficiency and driving with a low voltage.
Industrial Applicability
The organic electroluminescent device having the compound according to the present invention has excellent durability. In addition, by using a compound having a specific structure in a specific layer of an organic layer, it is possible to emit light with high efficiency.
The entire disclosure of each and every foreign patent application from which the benefit of foreign priority has been claimed in the present application is incorporated herein by reference, as if fully set forth.
1. An organic electroluminescent device comprising: a pair of electrodes; and at least one organic layer between the pair of electrodes, wherein the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by Formula (1):
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion;
R11 and R12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R11 and R12 may be independently bonded to M or Rπ and R12 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
L11 represents a ligand, and Ln may be bonded to at least one of R11 and R12;
X11 represents a counter ion; n11 represents an integer of 0 to 5; n12 represents an integer of 1 to 6; n13 represents an integer of 0 to 3; and
C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to R11 and R12 to coordinate with M.
2. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by Formula (1) is a compound represented by Formula
(2):
Figure imgf000117_0002
Formula ( 2)
wherein M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion;
R21, R22, R23 and R24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group,

Claims

and R21, R22, R23 and R24 may be independently bonded to M or R21, R22, R23 and R24 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
L21 represents a ligand, and L21 may be bonded to at least one of R21, R22, R23 and R24;
X21 represents a counter ion; n21 represents an integer of 0 to 5; n22 represents an integer of 1 to 6; n23 represents an integer of 0 to 3; and
C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to two nitrogen atoms to coordinate with
3. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 2, wherein the compound represented by Formula
(2) is a compound represented by Formula
(3):
Figure imgf000118_0001
Formula ( 3 )
wherein M represents a transition metal atom or a transition metal ion;
R31, R32 and R33 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R31, R32 and R33 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R31, R32 and R33 may coordinate with M through an atom of R31, R32 and R33 respectively;
R34 represents a substituent group, provided that when R34 is plural, a plurality of R34 may equal to or different from each other, and a plurality of R34 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R34 may coordinate with M through an atom of R34;
L31 represents a ligand;
X31 represents a counter ion; n31 represents an integer of 0 to 4; n32 represents an integer of 1 to 3; n33 represents an integer of 0 to 2; m31 represents an integer of 0 to 4; and C represents a carbene carbon, which is bonded to two nitrogen atoms to coordinate with M by means of two electrons of the carbene carbon.
4. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 3, wherein the compound represented by Formula (3) is a compound represented by Formula
(4):
Figure imgf000119_0001
Formula ( 4 )
wherein R41, R42 and R43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R41, R42 and R43 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure or R41, R42 and R43 may coordinate with M through an atom of R41, R42 and R43 respectively;
R44, R45 and R46 each independently represents a substituent group, provided that when R44, R45 and R46 are plural respectively, a plurality of R44, a plurality of R45 and a plurality of R46 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure respectively or R44, R45 and R46 may coordinate with M through an atom of R44, R45 and R46 respectively; n41 represents an integer of 0 to 2; n42 represents an integer of 1 to 3; and m41, m42 and m43 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
5. The organic electroluminescent device according to any of claims 1 to 4, wherein a ligand containing the carbene carbon is a tridentate to hexadentate ligand.
6. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by Formula (1) is a compound represented by Formula
(5):
Figure imgf000120_0001
Formula ( 5 )
wherein R52 and R53 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent group, and R52 and R53 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure;
R54, R55 and R56 each independently represents a substituent group, provided that when R54, R55 and R56 are plural respectively, a plurality of R54, a plurality of R55 and a plurality o>f R56 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure respectively;
Y51 and Y52 each independently represents a single bond or a connection group; n51 represents 0 or 1; and m51, m52 and m53 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
7. The organic electroluminescent device according to any of claims 1 to 6, wherein the at least one organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and wherein the light emitting layer contains at least a light emitting material and a compound represented by any of Formulae (1) to (5).
8. The organic electroluminescent device according to any of claims 1 to 7, wherein the at least one organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and .. . wherein at least one layer between the light emitting layer and a positive electrode contains a compound represented by any of Formulae (1) to (5).
9. The organic electroluminescent device according to any of claims 1 to 7, wherein the at least one organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and wherein at least one layer between the light emitting layer and a negative electrode contains a compound represented by any of Formulae (1) to (5).
PCT/JP2006/309142 2005-04-25 2006-04-25 Organic electroluminescent device WO2006115301A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/911,665 US8048538B2 (en) 2005-04-25 2006-04-25 Organic electroluminescent device
EP06745992.5A EP1874894B1 (en) 2005-04-25 2006-04-25 Organic electroluminescent device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005126262 2005-04-25
JP2005-126262 2005-04-25
JP2005247418 2005-08-29
JP2005-247418 2005-08-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006115301A1 true WO2006115301A1 (en) 2006-11-02

Family

ID=36684276

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/309142 WO2006115301A1 (en) 2005-04-25 2006-04-25 Organic electroluminescent device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US8048538B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1874894B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI418606B (en)
WO (1) WO2006115301A1 (en)

Cited By (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090072725A1 (en) * 2007-09-13 2009-03-19 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-Emitting Element, Light-Emitting Device, and Electronic Device
WO2010097433A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Basf Se Quinone compounds as dopants in organic electronics
US20110034699A1 (en) * 2006-06-26 2011-02-10 Basf Se Use in oleds of transition metal carbene complexes that contain no cyclometallation via non-carbenes
WO2011158204A1 (en) * 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising the layer containing at least one metal organic compound and at least one metal oxide
WO2011157790A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising a layer of a dibenzofurane compound and a 8-hydroxyquinolinolato earth alkaline metal, or alkali metal complex
WO2011157779A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising a layer of a pyridine compound and a 8-hydroxyquinolinolato earth alkaline metal, or alkali metal complex
WO2012045710A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2012-04-12 Basf Se Phenanthro[9,10-b]furans for electronic applications
WO2012080052A1 (en) 2010-12-13 2012-06-21 Basf Se Bispyrimidines for electronic applications
WO2012130709A1 (en) 2011-03-25 2012-10-04 Basf Se 4h-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
US8362246B2 (en) 2010-12-13 2013-01-29 Basf Se Bispyrimidines for electronic applications
US8384068B2 (en) 2007-10-02 2013-02-26 Basf Se Use of acridine derivatives as matrix materials and/or electron blockers in OLEDs
WO2013068376A1 (en) 2011-11-10 2013-05-16 Basf Se 4h-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
US8618533B2 (en) 2008-10-07 2013-12-31 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Siloles substituted by fused ring systems and use thereof in organic electronics
WO2014009317A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-01-16 Basf Se Benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for electronic applications
US8697255B2 (en) 2007-07-05 2014-04-15 Basf Se Organic light-emitting diodes comprising at least one disilyl compound selected from disilylcarbazoles, disilyldibenzofurans, disilyldibenzothiophenes, disilyldibenzopholes, disilyldibenzothiophene S-oxides and disilyldibenzothiophene S,S-dioxides
WO2014072320A1 (en) 2012-11-06 2014-05-15 Basf Se Phenoxasiline based compounds for electronic application
WO2014147134A1 (en) 2013-03-20 2014-09-25 Basf Se Azabenzimidazole carbene complexes as efficiency booster in oleds
US8859110B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2014-10-14 Basf Se Cyclic phosphazene compounds and use thereof in organic light emitting diodes
WO2015000955A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2015-01-08 Basf Se Monosubstituted diazabenzimidazole carbene metal complexes for use in organic light emitting diodes
US8946417B2 (en) 2009-04-06 2015-02-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated platinum complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
WO2015063046A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 Basf Se Azadibenzothiophenes for electronic applications
US9079872B2 (en) 2010-10-07 2015-07-14 Basf Se Phenanthro[9, 10-B]furans for electronic applications
US9142792B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2015-09-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising a layer comprising at least one metal organic compound and at least one metal oxide
US9221857B2 (en) 2011-04-14 2015-12-29 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Pyridine-oxyphenyl coordinated iridium (III) complexes and methods of making and using
US9224963B2 (en) 2013-12-09 2015-12-29 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Stable emitters
US9238668B2 (en) 2011-05-26 2016-01-19 Arizona Board Of Regents, Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of platinum and palladium complexes as narrow-band phosphorescent emitters for full color displays
WO2016016791A1 (en) 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd (Ikc) 2,9-functionalized benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles as hosts for organic light emitting diodes (oleds)
EP2982676A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazo[2,1-B]benzoxazoles for electronic applications
EP2993215A1 (en) 2014-09-04 2016-03-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Azabenzimidazo[2,1-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
US9324957B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2016-04-26 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated gold complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
EP3015469A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 5-((benz)imidazol-2-yl)benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
WO2016079667A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Indole derivatives for electronic applications
EP3034507A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 1-functionalized dibenzofurans and dibenzothiophenes for organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs)
EP3034506A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 4-functionalized carbazole derivatives for electronic applications
US9385329B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2016-07-05 Arizona Board of Regents on behalf of Arizona State University and Universal Display Corporation Platinum complexes and devices
US9382273B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2016-07-05 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated palladium complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
EP3054498A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Bisimidazodiazocines
EP3053918A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 2-carbazole substituted benzimidazoles for electronic applications
US9425415B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2016-08-23 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Four coordinated platinum and palladium complexes with geometrically distorted charge transfer state and their applications in light emitting devices
EP3061759A1 (en) 2015-02-24 2016-08-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Nitrile substituted dibenzofurans
EP3070144A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2016-09-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
EP3072943A1 (en) 2015-03-26 2016-09-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Dibenzofuran/carbazole-substituted benzonitriles
EP3075737A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying aryl- or heteroarylnitril groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3150604A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3150606A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles carrying benzofurane or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056055A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying triazine groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056053A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
US9617291B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2017-04-11 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate and octahedral metal complexes containing naphthyridinocarbazole and its analogues
WO2017078182A1 (en) 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazole fused heteroaryls
US9673409B2 (en) 2013-06-10 2017-06-06 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Phosphorescent tetradentate metal complexes having modified emission spectra
WO2017093958A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017109727A1 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-06-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Hetero-condensed phenylquinazolines and their use in electronic devices
US9711739B2 (en) 2015-06-02 2017-07-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes containing indoloacridine and its analogues
US9711741B2 (en) 2012-08-24 2017-07-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal compounds and methods and uses thereof
WO2017178864A1 (en) 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
US9806270B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-10-31 Udc Ireland Limited 4H-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
US9818959B2 (en) 2014-07-29 2017-11-14 Arizona Board of Regents on behlaf of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters containing tridentate ligands
WO2017221999A1 (en) 2016-06-22 2017-12-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Specifically substituted benzofuro- and benzothienoquinolines for organic light emitting diodes
US9865825B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2018-01-09 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Emitters based on octahedral metal complexes
US9862739B2 (en) 2014-03-31 2018-01-09 Udc Ireland Limited Metal complexes, comprising carbene ligands having an O-substituted non-cyclometalated aryl group and their use in organic light emitting diodes
US9882150B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2018-01-30 Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal compounds, methods, and uses thereof
US9923155B2 (en) 2014-07-24 2018-03-20 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) complexes cyclometalated with functionalized phenyl carbene ligands and their analogues
US9920242B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2018-03-20 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent materials as co-host materials for fluorescent OLEDs
CN107868110A (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-04-03 三星显示有限公司 Organo-metallic compound and the organic light emitting apparatus for including it
US9941479B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2018-04-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate cyclometalated platinum complexes containing 9,10-dihydroacridine and its analogues
EP3318566A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2018-05-09 UDC Ireland Limited Azadibenzofurans for electronic applications
US10020455B2 (en) 2014-01-07 2018-07-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum and palladium complex emitters containing phenyl-pyrazole and its analogues
US10033003B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2018-07-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes with carbon group bridging ligands
US10056567B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2018-08-21 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Chiral metal complexes as emitters for organic polarized electroluminescent devices
US10158091B2 (en) 2015-08-04 2018-12-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) and palladium (II) complexes, devices, and uses thereof
US10177323B2 (en) 2016-08-22 2019-01-08 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) and palladium (II) complexes and octahedral iridium complexes employing azepine functional groups and their analogues
US10227366B2 (en) 2012-08-02 2019-03-12 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Bis-iridium-complexes for manufacturing of ECL-labels
EP3466954A1 (en) 2017-10-04 2019-04-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Fused phenylquinazolines bridged with a heteroatom
US10516117B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2019-12-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emttters employing benzo-imidazo-phenanthridine and analogues
EP3604477A1 (en) 2018-07-30 2020-02-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Polycyclic compound, organic electroluminescence device, and electronic device
EP3608319A1 (en) 2018-08-07 2020-02-12 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Condensed aza cycles as organic light emitting device and materials for use in same
US10593890B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2020-03-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10793546B2 (en) 2014-08-15 2020-10-06 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Non-platinum metal complexes for excimer based single dopant white organic light emitting diodes
US10822363B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2020-11-03 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Narrow band red phosphorescent tetradentate platinum (II) complexes
US10964897B2 (en) 2014-07-28 2021-03-30 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tridentate cyclometalated metal complexes with six-membered coordination rings
US10995108B2 (en) 2012-10-26 2021-05-04 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal complexes, methods, and uses thereof
US11101435B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2021-08-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum and palladium complexes based on biscarbazole and analogues
US11183670B2 (en) 2016-12-16 2021-11-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Organic light emitting diode with split emissive layer
US11329244B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2022-05-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Organic light-emitting diodes with fluorescent and phosphorescent emitters
US11335865B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-05-17 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University OLED with multi-emissive material layer
US11495749B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2022-11-08 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11594691B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2023-02-28 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Light outcoupling efficiency of phosphorescent OLEDs by mixing horizontally aligned fluorescent emitters
US11594688B2 (en) 2017-10-17 2023-02-28 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Display and lighting devices comprising phosphorescent excimers with preferred molecular orientation as monochromatic emitters
US11647643B2 (en) 2017-10-17 2023-05-09 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Hole-blocking materials for organic light emitting diodes
US11708385B2 (en) 2017-01-27 2023-07-25 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters employing pyrido-pyrrolo-acridine and analogues
US11785838B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2023-10-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Green and red organic light-emitting diodes employing excimer emitters
US11818949B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2023-11-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11834459B2 (en) 2018-12-12 2023-12-05 Universal Display Corporation Host materials for electroluminescent devices
US11878988B2 (en) 2019-01-24 2024-01-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Blue phosphorescent emitters employing functionalized imidazophenthridine and analogues
US11930662B2 (en) 2015-06-04 2024-03-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Transparent electroluminescent devices with controlled one-side emissive displays
US11945985B2 (en) 2020-05-19 2024-04-02 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal assisted delayed fluorescent emitters for organic light-emitting diodes

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9051344B2 (en) * 2005-05-06 2015-06-09 Universal Display Corporation Stability OLED materials and devices
DE102009031683A1 (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-03-24 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Phophorescent metal complex compound, process for the preparation thereof and radiation-emitting component
KR101820178B1 (en) * 2009-10-14 2018-01-18 유디씨 아일랜드 리미티드 Dinuclear platinum-carbene complexes and the use thereof in oleds
EP2665342B1 (en) * 2011-01-11 2021-03-03 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, display device, and illuminator
US8883322B2 (en) 2011-03-08 2014-11-11 Universal Display Corporation Pyridyl carbene phosphorescent emitters
US20140291590A1 (en) * 2013-03-28 2014-10-02 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System High performance light emitting devices from ionic transition metal complexes
US9905784B2 (en) 2013-11-15 2018-02-27 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000057676A1 (en) * 1999-03-23 2000-09-28 The University Of Southern California Cyclometallated metal complexes as phosphorescent dopants in organic leds
US20040166365A1 (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-08-26 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device
WO2004108857A1 (en) * 2003-06-02 2004-12-16 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent devices and metal complex compounds

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7067202B2 (en) * 2001-06-15 2006-06-27 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Luminescent organometallic compound and light emitting device
JPWO2004039914A1 (en) * 2002-11-01 2006-03-02 高砂香料工業株式会社 Light emitting element
DE10338550A1 (en) * 2003-08-19 2005-03-31 Basf Ag Transition metal complexes with carbene ligands as emitters for organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs)
US7332232B2 (en) * 2004-02-03 2008-02-19 Universal Display Corporation OLEDs utilizing multidentate ligand systems
US7393599B2 (en) * 2004-05-18 2008-07-01 The University Of Southern California Luminescent compounds with carbene ligands
US7582365B2 (en) * 2005-01-10 2009-09-01 Universal Display Corporation Reversibly reducible metal complexes as electron transporting materials for OLEDs
US7655323B2 (en) * 2004-05-18 2010-02-02 The University Of Southern California OLEDs utilizing macrocyclic ligand systems

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000057676A1 (en) * 1999-03-23 2000-09-28 The University Of Southern California Cyclometallated metal complexes as phosphorescent dopants in organic leds
US20040166365A1 (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-08-26 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device
WO2004108857A1 (en) * 2003-06-02 2004-12-16 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent devices and metal complex compounds

Cited By (163)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8940904B2 (en) * 2006-06-26 2015-01-27 Basf Se Use of transition metal-carbene complexes which do not comprise any cyclometallation via non-carbenes in OLEDs
US20110034699A1 (en) * 2006-06-26 2011-02-10 Basf Se Use in oleds of transition metal carbene complexes that contain no cyclometallation via non-carbenes
EP3345983A1 (en) 2007-07-05 2018-07-11 UDC Ireland Limited Compounds containing at least one disilyl compound selected from disilylcarbazoles, disilyldibenzofurans, disilyldibenzothiophenes, disilyldibenzophospholes, disilyldibenzothiophene s-oxides and disilyldibenzothiophene s, s-dioxides
US8697255B2 (en) 2007-07-05 2014-04-15 Basf Se Organic light-emitting diodes comprising at least one disilyl compound selected from disilylcarbazoles, disilyldibenzofurans, disilyldibenzothiophenes, disilyldibenzopholes, disilyldibenzothiophene S-oxides and disilyldibenzothiophene S,S-dioxides
US20090072725A1 (en) * 2007-09-13 2009-03-19 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-Emitting Element, Light-Emitting Device, and Electronic Device
US10193097B2 (en) 2007-09-13 2019-01-29 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, and electronic device
US9269906B2 (en) * 2007-09-13 2016-02-23 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, and electronic device
US8384068B2 (en) 2007-10-02 2013-02-26 Basf Se Use of acridine derivatives as matrix materials and/or electron blockers in OLEDs
US8859110B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2014-10-14 Basf Se Cyclic phosphazene compounds and use thereof in organic light emitting diodes
US8618533B2 (en) 2008-10-07 2013-12-31 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Siloles substituted by fused ring systems and use thereof in organic electronics
WO2010097433A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Basf Se Quinone compounds as dopants in organic electronics
US8592806B2 (en) 2009-02-26 2013-11-26 Novaled Ag Quinone compounds as dopants in organic electronics
US9550801B2 (en) 2009-04-06 2017-01-24 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated platinum complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US8946417B2 (en) 2009-04-06 2015-02-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated platinum complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US9324957B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2016-04-26 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated gold complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US9755163B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2017-09-05 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For Or On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated palladium complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US10727422B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2020-07-28 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated palladium complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US10263197B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2019-04-16 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated palladium complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US9382273B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2016-07-05 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of four coordinated palladium complexes and their applications in light emitting devices thereof
US9142792B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2015-09-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising a layer comprising at least one metal organic compound and at least one metal oxide
WO2011157790A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising a layer of a dibenzofurane compound and a 8-hydroxyquinolinolato earth alkaline metal, or alkali metal complex
WO2011158204A1 (en) * 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising the layer containing at least one metal organic compound and at least one metal oxide
WO2011157779A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Basf Se Organic electronic devices comprising a layer of a pyridine compound and a 8-hydroxyquinolinolato earth alkaline metal, or alkali metal complex
WO2012045710A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2012-04-12 Basf Se Phenanthro[9,10-b]furans for electronic applications
US9079872B2 (en) 2010-10-07 2015-07-14 Basf Se Phenanthro[9, 10-B]furans for electronic applications
US8362246B2 (en) 2010-12-13 2013-01-29 Basf Se Bispyrimidines for electronic applications
WO2012080052A1 (en) 2010-12-13 2012-06-21 Basf Se Bispyrimidines for electronic applications
US9425415B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2016-08-23 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Four coordinated platinum and palladium complexes with geometrically distorted charge transfer state and their applications in light emitting devices
US9711742B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2017-07-18 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Four coordinated platinum and palladium complexes with geometrically distorted charge transfer state and their applications in light emitting devices
EP3640252A1 (en) 2011-03-25 2020-04-22 UDC Ireland Limited 4h-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
WO2012130709A1 (en) 2011-03-25 2012-10-04 Basf Se 4h-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
US10431750B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2019-10-01 Udc Ireland Limited 4H-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
EP3034508A1 (en) 2011-03-25 2016-06-22 Basf Se 4h-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
US9806270B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-10-31 Udc Ireland Limited 4H-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
US9221857B2 (en) 2011-04-14 2015-12-29 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Pyridine-oxyphenyl coordinated iridium (III) complexes and methods of making and using
US10414785B2 (en) 2011-04-14 2019-09-17 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Pyridine-oxyphenyl coordinated iridium (III) complexes and methods of making and using
US9598449B2 (en) 2011-04-14 2017-03-21 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Pyridine-oxyphenyl coordinated iridium (III) complexes and methods of making and using
US10804476B2 (en) 2011-05-26 2020-10-13 Arizona Board Of Regents, Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of platinum and palladium complexes as narrow-band phosphorescent emitters for full color displays
US9238668B2 (en) 2011-05-26 2016-01-19 Arizona Board Of Regents, Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of platinum and palladium complexes as narrow-band phosphorescent emitters for full color displays
US9698359B2 (en) 2011-05-26 2017-07-04 Arizona Board Of Regents, Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of platinum and palladium complexes as narrow-band phosphorescent emitters for full color displays
US11121328B2 (en) 2011-05-26 2021-09-14 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Synthesis of platinum and palladium complexes as narrow-band phosphorescent emitters for full color displays
US9502664B2 (en) 2011-11-10 2016-11-22 Udc Ireland Limited 4H-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
WO2013068376A1 (en) 2011-11-10 2013-05-16 Basf Se 4h-imidazo[1,2-a]imidazoles for electronic applications
WO2014009317A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-01-16 Basf Se Benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for electronic applications
US10243150B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2019-03-26 Udc Ireland Limited Benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for electronic applications
US9620724B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2017-04-11 Udc Ireland Limited Benzimidazo[1,2-A]benzimidazole derivatives for electronic applications
EP3232485A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2017-10-18 UDC Ireland Limited Benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for electronic applications
US10227366B2 (en) 2012-08-02 2019-03-12 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Bis-iridium-complexes for manufacturing of ECL-labels
US9711741B2 (en) 2012-08-24 2017-07-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal compounds and methods and uses thereof
US10249827B2 (en) 2012-09-20 2019-04-02 Udc Ireland Limited Azadibenzofurans for electronic applications
EP3318566A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2018-05-09 UDC Ireland Limited Azadibenzofurans for electronic applications
US11114626B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2021-09-07 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal compounds, methods, and uses thereof
US9882150B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2018-01-30 Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal compounds, methods, and uses thereof
US10622571B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2020-04-14 Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal compounds, methods, and uses thereof
US10995108B2 (en) 2012-10-26 2021-05-04 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal complexes, methods, and uses thereof
US10319917B2 (en) 2012-11-06 2019-06-11 Udc Ireland Limited Phenoxasiline based compounds for electronic application
WO2014072320A1 (en) 2012-11-06 2014-05-15 Basf Se Phenoxasiline based compounds for electronic application
WO2014147134A1 (en) 2013-03-20 2014-09-25 Basf Se Azabenzimidazole carbene complexes as efficiency booster in oleds
US9899614B2 (en) 2013-06-10 2018-02-20 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Phosphorescent tetradentate metal complexes having modified emission spectra
US10211414B2 (en) 2013-06-10 2019-02-19 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Phosphorescent tetradentate metal complexes having modified emission spectra
US9673409B2 (en) 2013-06-10 2017-06-06 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Phosphorescent tetradentate metal complexes having modified emission spectra
WO2015000955A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2015-01-08 Basf Se Monosubstituted diazabenzimidazole carbene metal complexes for use in organic light emitting diodes
EP3266789A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2018-01-10 UDC Ireland Limited Monosubstituted diazabenzimidazole carbene metal complexes for use in organic light emitting diodes
EP3608329A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2020-02-12 UDC Ireland Limited Monosubstituted diazabenzimidazole carbene metal complexes for use in organic light emitting diodes
US9385329B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2016-07-05 Arizona Board of Regents on behalf of Arizona State University and Universal Display Corporation Platinum complexes and devices
US11189808B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2021-11-30 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Platinum complexes and devices
US9947881B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2018-04-17 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Platinum complexes and devices
US10566553B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2020-02-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Platinum complexes and devices
WO2015063046A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 Basf Se Azadibenzothiophenes for electronic applications
US9224963B2 (en) 2013-12-09 2015-12-29 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Stable emitters
US10020455B2 (en) 2014-01-07 2018-07-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum and palladium complex emitters containing phenyl-pyrazole and its analogues
US10937976B2 (en) 2014-01-07 2021-03-02 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum and palladium complex emitters containing phenyl-pyrazole and its analogues
US11930698B2 (en) 2014-01-07 2024-03-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum and palladium complex emitters containing phenyl-pyrazole and its analogues
US10056567B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2018-08-21 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Chiral metal complexes as emitters for organic polarized electroluminescent devices
US10118939B2 (en) 2014-03-31 2018-11-06 Udc Ireland Limited Metal complexes, comprising carbene ligands having an o-substituted non-cyclometalated aryl group and their use in organic light emitting diodes
US10370396B2 (en) 2014-03-31 2019-08-06 Udc Ireland Limited Metal complexes, comprising carbene ligands having an O-substituted non-cyclometallated aryl group and their use in organic light emitting diodes
US9862739B2 (en) 2014-03-31 2018-01-09 Udc Ireland Limited Metal complexes, comprising carbene ligands having an O-substituted non-cyclometalated aryl group and their use in organic light emitting diodes
US11839144B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2023-12-05 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate cyclometalated platinum complexes containing 9,10-dihydroacridine and its analogues
US11011712B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2021-05-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate cyclometalated platinum complexes containing 9,10-dihydroacridine and its analogues
US9941479B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2018-04-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate cyclometalated platinum complexes containing 9,10-dihydroacridine and its analogues
US10886478B2 (en) 2014-07-24 2021-01-05 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) complexes cyclometalated with functionalized phenyl carbene ligands and their analogues
US9923155B2 (en) 2014-07-24 2018-03-20 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) complexes cyclometalated with functionalized phenyl carbene ligands and their analogues
US10964897B2 (en) 2014-07-28 2021-03-30 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tridentate cyclometalated metal complexes with six-membered coordination rings
WO2016016791A1 (en) 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd (Ikc) 2,9-functionalized benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles as hosts for organic light emitting diodes (oleds)
US10790457B2 (en) 2014-07-29 2020-09-29 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters containing tridentate ligands
US11145830B2 (en) 2014-07-29 2021-10-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters containing tridentate ligands
US9818959B2 (en) 2014-07-29 2017-11-14 Arizona Board of Regents on behlaf of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters containing tridentate ligands
EP2982676A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazo[2,1-B]benzoxazoles for electronic applications
US10793546B2 (en) 2014-08-15 2020-10-06 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Non-platinum metal complexes for excimer based single dopant white organic light emitting diodes
US9920242B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2018-03-20 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent materials as co-host materials for fluorescent OLEDs
US10294417B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2019-05-21 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent materials as co-host materials for fluorescent OLEDS
US10745615B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2020-08-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent materials as co-host materials for fluorescent OLEDs
US11329244B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2022-05-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Organic light-emitting diodes with fluorescent and phosphorescent emitters
US11339324B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2022-05-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent materials as co-host materials for fluorescent OLEDs
US11795387B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2023-10-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent materials as co-host materials for fluorescent OLEDs
EP2993215A1 (en) 2014-09-04 2016-03-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Azabenzimidazo[2,1-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
EP3015469A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 5-((benz)imidazol-2-yl)benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
WO2016067261A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 5-((benz)imidazol-2-yl)benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
US10033003B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2018-07-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes with carbon group bridging ligands
US11856840B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2023-12-26 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Emitters based on octahedral metal complexes
US11653560B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2023-05-16 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes with carbon group bridging ligands
US10944064B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2021-03-09 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes with carbon group bridging ligands
US10991897B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2021-04-27 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Emitters based on octahedral metal complexes
US9865825B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2018-01-09 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Emitters based on octahedral metal complexes
WO2016079667A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Indole derivatives for electronic applications
WO2016097983A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-23 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 1-functionalized dibenzofurans and dibenzothiophenes for organic light emitting diodes (oleds)
EP3034507A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 1-functionalized dibenzofurans and dibenzothiophenes for organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs)
EP3034506A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 4-functionalized carbazole derivatives for electronic applications
WO2016125110A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Bisimidazolodiazocines
EP3053918A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 2-carbazole substituted benzimidazoles for electronic applications
EP3054498A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Bisimidazodiazocines
EP3061759A1 (en) 2015-02-24 2016-08-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Nitrile substituted dibenzofurans
EP3070144A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2016-09-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
EP3072943A1 (en) 2015-03-26 2016-09-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Dibenzofuran/carbazole-substituted benzonitriles
WO2016157113A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying aryl- or heteroarylnitril groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3075737A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying aryl- or heteroarylnitril groups for organic light emitting diodes
US10593890B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2020-03-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11818949B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2023-11-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11245080B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2022-02-08 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10693082B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2020-06-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11495749B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2022-11-08 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11672175B2 (en) 2015-04-06 2023-06-06 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9711739B2 (en) 2015-06-02 2017-07-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes containing indoloacridine and its analogues
US10056564B2 (en) 2015-06-02 2018-08-21 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate metal complexes containing indoloacridine and its analogues
US9617291B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2017-04-11 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate and octahedral metal complexes containing naphthyridinocarbazole and its analogues
US10836785B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2020-11-17 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate and octahedral metal complexes containing naphthyridinocarbazole and its analogues
US11472827B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2022-10-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate and octahedral metal complexes containing naphthyridinocarbazole and its analogues
US9879039B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2018-01-30 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate and octahedral metal complexes containing naphthyridinocarbazole and its analogues
US11930662B2 (en) 2015-06-04 2024-03-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Transparent electroluminescent devices with controlled one-side emissive displays
US10930865B2 (en) 2015-08-04 2021-02-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) and palladium (II) complexes, devices, and uses thereof
US10158091B2 (en) 2015-08-04 2018-12-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) and palladium (II) complexes, devices, and uses thereof
EP3150606A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles carrying benzofurane or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056055A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying triazine groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056053A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3150604A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056052A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017078182A1 (en) 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazole fused heteroaryls
WO2017093958A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017109727A1 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-06-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Hetero-condensed phenylquinazolines and their use in electronic devices
WO2017109722A1 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-06-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and organic electroluminescence devices containing them
WO2017178864A1 (en) 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
US11335865B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-05-17 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University OLED with multi-emissive material layer
WO2017221999A1 (en) 2016-06-22 2017-12-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Specifically substituted benzofuro- and benzothienoquinolines for organic light emitting diodes
US10566554B2 (en) 2016-08-22 2020-02-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) and palladium (II) complexes and octahedral iridium complexes employing azepine functional groups and their analogues
US10177323B2 (en) 2016-08-22 2019-01-08 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum (II) and palladium (II) complexes and octahedral iridium complexes employing azepine functional groups and their analogues
CN107868110A (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-04-03 三星显示有限公司 Organo-metallic compound and the organic light emitting apparatus for including it
US10822363B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2020-11-03 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Narrow band red phosphorescent tetradentate platinum (II) complexes
US11183670B2 (en) 2016-12-16 2021-11-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Organic light emitting diode with split emissive layer
US11708385B2 (en) 2017-01-27 2023-07-25 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters employing pyrido-pyrrolo-acridine and analogues
US11101435B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2021-08-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tetradentate platinum and palladium complexes based on biscarbazole and analogues
US11063228B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2021-07-13 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emitters employing benzo-imidazo-phenanthridine and analogues
US10516117B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2019-12-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal-assisted delayed fluorescent emttters employing benzo-imidazo-phenanthridine and analogues
EP3466954A1 (en) 2017-10-04 2019-04-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Fused phenylquinazolines bridged with a heteroatom
US11594688B2 (en) 2017-10-17 2023-02-28 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Display and lighting devices comprising phosphorescent excimers with preferred molecular orientation as monochromatic emitters
US11647643B2 (en) 2017-10-17 2023-05-09 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Hole-blocking materials for organic light emitting diodes
WO2020026133A1 (en) 2018-07-30 2020-02-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Polycyclic compound, organic electroluminescence device, and electronic device
EP3604477A1 (en) 2018-07-30 2020-02-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Polycyclic compound, organic electroluminescence device, and electronic device
EP3608319A1 (en) 2018-08-07 2020-02-12 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Condensed aza cycles as organic light emitting device and materials for use in same
US11834459B2 (en) 2018-12-12 2023-12-05 Universal Display Corporation Host materials for electroluminescent devices
US11878988B2 (en) 2019-01-24 2024-01-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Blue phosphorescent emitters employing functionalized imidazophenthridine and analogues
US11594691B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2023-02-28 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Light outcoupling efficiency of phosphorescent OLEDs by mixing horizontally aligned fluorescent emitters
US11785838B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2023-10-10 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Green and red organic light-emitting diodes employing excimer emitters
US11945985B2 (en) 2020-05-19 2024-04-02 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Metal assisted delayed fluorescent emitters for organic light-emitting diodes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI418606B (en) 2013-12-11
TW200702423A (en) 2007-01-16
EP1874894B1 (en) 2017-03-01
EP1874894A1 (en) 2008-01-09
US20090079329A1 (en) 2009-03-26
US8048538B2 (en) 2011-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1874894B1 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
JP5046548B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
EP1874893B1 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
EP1808052B1 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
JP4399382B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
US7736755B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
US7758971B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
JP5438955B2 (en) Platinum complex compound and organic electroluminescence device using the same
JP4460952B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and complex compound
US7501190B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
JP4399429B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5278911B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and complex compound
JP5080729B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP3963811B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
EP1919928A1 (en) Platinum complex compound and organic electroluminescent device
JP2002193952A (en) New nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, material for light emitting element and light emitting elements using them
JP2007096255A (en) Organic electroluminescent element
JP2007266598A (en) Organic electroluminescence element
JP2005327526A (en) Organic electroluminescent element
JP4848198B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP4928867B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP4900895B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP2006086482A (en) Organic electroluminescence element
JP4909695B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP4174202B2 (en) Novel heterocyclic compound and light emitting device using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11911665

Country of ref document: US

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2006745992

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006745992

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2006745992

Country of ref document: EP